WO2019095880A1 - Uplink power control method, and mobile communication terminal - Google Patents

Uplink power control method, and mobile communication terminal Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019095880A1
WO2019095880A1 PCT/CN2018/108701 CN2018108701W WO2019095880A1 WO 2019095880 A1 WO2019095880 A1 WO 2019095880A1 CN 2018108701 W CN2018108701 W CN 2018108701W WO 2019095880 A1 WO2019095880 A1 WO 2019095880A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pucch format
uci
pucch
bits
uplink power
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/108701
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
司倩倩
郑方政
林祥利
Original Assignee
电信科学技术研究院有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201810195735.2A external-priority patent/CN109803364B/en
Application filed by 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 filed Critical 电信科学技术研究院有限公司
Priority to EP18879118.0A priority Critical patent/EP3713313B1/en
Priority to US16/764,667 priority patent/US11419059B2/en
Priority to JP2020526897A priority patent/JP7041263B2/en
Priority to KR1020207015405A priority patent/KR102289794B1/en
Publication of WO2019095880A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019095880A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • H04W52/06TPC algorithms
    • H04W52/14Separate analysis of uplink or downlink

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to an uplink power control method and a mobile terminal terminal.
  • New RAT new RAT
  • 5G NR new wireless communication system
  • the physical uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control CHannel, PUCCH) in slot i on carrier c can be power controlled by the following formula:
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) represents the power adjustment value of the PUCCH, and the adjustment value is related to the transmission format of the PUCCH.
  • the PUCCH power control mode of LTE cannot be applied to NR. If the definition of ⁇ PUCCH_TF, c (i) in LTE is reused in NR, the transmission performance of PUCCH in NR may be degraded.
  • the present disclosure provides an uplink power control method and a mobile communication terminal to solve the problem that the PUCCH power control mode of the LET cannot be applied to the NR due to different PUCCH formats of NR and LTE.
  • an uplink power control method including:
  • the uplink channel format is a first PUCCH format, and the first PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
  • the step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
  • the step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
  • the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format including:
  • N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the first PUCCH format.
  • the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
  • the uplink channel format is a second PUCCH format, and the second PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
  • the step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
  • the step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
  • the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format including:
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the second PUCCH format.
  • the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
  • the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
  • the step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
  • the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs includes:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • p(N RE ) is a function of polarization-polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
  • the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameter includes: configuring PUCCH to be enabled The parameter of the frequency hopping, or the PUCCH is configured as a parameter that does not enable frequency hopping;
  • the step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format.
  • the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format including:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value, the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the three PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers
  • the value range of the k includes:
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 5, and is less than or equal to 7;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
  • the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
  • the step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
  • the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs includes:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
  • k is a preset value
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameter includes: configuring PUCCH to be enabled The parameter of the frequency hopping, or the PUCCH is configured as a parameter that does not enable frequency hopping;
  • the step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format.
  • the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format including:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • k is a preset value
  • the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the four PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers
  • the value range of the k includes:
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 7, and less than or equal to 9;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the fourth PUCCH format includes two PUCCH formats that support user multiplexing and do not support user multiplexing.
  • the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format or a fourth PUCCH format, where the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH of 2 bits or more. format;
  • the step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
  • the step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
  • the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs includes:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF, c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the RE;
  • the PUCCH when the PUCCH is in the third PUCCH format, When the PUCCH is in the fourth PUCCH format, The number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH, The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the PUCCH, For the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH, k is a preset value.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the present disclosure also provides a mobile communication terminal, including:
  • An obtaining module configured to acquire an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format
  • the calculation module is configured to calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter to implement uplink power control.
  • the uplink channel format is a first PUCCH format, and the first PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
  • the obtaining module is specifically configured to:
  • the calculation module is specifically configured to:
  • the computing module is specifically configured to:
  • N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the first PUCCH format.
  • the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
  • the uplink channel format is a second PUCCH format, and the second PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
  • the obtaining module is specifically configured to:
  • the calculation module is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format to implement uplink power control.
  • the computing module is specifically configured to:
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the second PUCCH format.
  • the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
  • the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the obtaining module is specifically configured to:
  • the calculation module is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
  • the computing module is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
  • the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the obtaining module is specifically configured to:
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameter is configured to configure the PUCCH to The parameter of the frequency hopping is turned on, or the frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to not enable frequency hopping;
  • the calculation module is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format.
  • the computing module is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value, the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the three PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers
  • the value range of the k includes:
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 5, and is less than or equal to 7;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
  • the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the obtaining module is specifically configured to:
  • the calculation module is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
  • the computing module is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
  • k is a preset value
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the obtaining module is specifically configured to:
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameter is configured to configure the PUCCH to The parameter of the frequency hopping is turned on, or the frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to not enable frequency hopping;
  • the calculation module is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format.
  • the computing module is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • k is a preset value
  • the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the four PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers
  • the value range of the k includes:
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 7, and less than or equal to 9;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the fourth PUCCH format includes two PUCCH formats that support user multiplexing and do not support user multiplexing.
  • the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format or a fourth PUCCH format, where the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH of 2 bits or more. format;
  • the obtaining module is specifically configured to:
  • the calculation module is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
  • the computing module is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF, c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the RE;
  • the PUCCH when the PUCCH is in the third PUCCH format, When the PUCCH is in the fourth PUCCH format, The number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH, The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the PUCCH, For the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH, k is a preset value.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the present disclosure also provides a mobile communication terminal comprising a memory, a processor, a transceiver, and a computer program stored on the memory and operable on the processor; the processor implementing the computer program to implement the following step:
  • the uplink channel format is a first PUCCH format, and the first PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
  • the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the first PUCCH format.
  • the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
  • the uplink channel format is a second PUCCH format, and the second PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
  • the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format to implement uplink power control.
  • the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the second PUCCH format.
  • the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
  • the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
  • the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
  • the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameter includes: configuring PUCCH to be enabled The parameter of the frequency hopping, or the PUCCH is configured as a parameter that does not enable frequency hopping;
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format.
  • the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value, the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the three PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers
  • the value range of the k includes:
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 5, and is less than or equal to 7;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
  • the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
  • the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
  • k is a preset value
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameter includes: configuring PUCCH to be enabled The parameter of the frequency hopping, or the PUCCH is configured as a parameter that does not enable frequency hopping;
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format.
  • the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied for the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • k is a preset value
  • the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the four PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers
  • the value range of the k includes:
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 7, and less than or equal to 9;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the fourth PUCCH format includes two PUCCH formats that support user multiplexing and do not support user multiplexing.
  • the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format or a fourth PUCCH format, where the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH of 2 bits or more. format;
  • the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
  • the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF, c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the RE;
  • the PUCCH when the PUCCH is in the third PUCCH format, When the PUCCH is in the fourth PUCCH format, The number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH, The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the PUCCH, For the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH, k is a preset value.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the present disclosure also provides a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program that, when executed by a processor, implements the steps in the above described uplink power control method.
  • the present disclosure calculates the uplink power adjustment value by acquiring the uplink transmission parameter corresponding to the uplink channel format in the NR, so that the calculated uplink power adjustment value can be adapted to the uplink channel format in the NR, so that the control of the uplink power and the NR are performed.
  • the upstream channel format is adapted to ensure the transmission performance of the uplink channel in the NR.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of an uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a structural diagram of a mobile communication terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a structural diagram of another mobile communication terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of an uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 1 , an uplink power control method includes the following steps:
  • Step 101 Obtain an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format.
  • the mobile communication terminal can acquire an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to the uplink channel format.
  • the uplink channel format is an uplink channel format in the NR.
  • the uplink transmission parameters acquired by the mobile communication terminal may be different.
  • Step 102 Calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter to implement uplink power control.
  • the mobile communication terminal may calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter obtained in step 101, where the uplink power adjustment value is used to implement uplink power control.
  • how to implement the control of the uplink power by using the uplink power adjustment value may be implemented by using the uplink power control method in the LTE as described in the background, and the embodiment of the present disclosure does not describe the details.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure is applicable to the control of the uplink transmission power of the mobile communication terminal in the NR.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure calculates the uplink power adjustment value by acquiring the uplink transmission parameter corresponding to the uplink channel format in the NR, so that the calculated uplink power adjustment value can be compared with The uplink channel format in the NR is adapted, so that the control of the uplink power is adapted to the uplink channel format in the NR, and the transmission performance of the uplink channel in the NR is guaranteed.
  • the NR supports five new PUCCH formats, namely: PUCCH format 0, that is, a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less; PUCCH format 1, that is, a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less; PUCCH format 2, that is, a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more; PUCCH format 3, that is, a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and does not support multi-user multiplexing; PUCCH format 4, that is, a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and supports many User reuse.
  • PUCCH format 0, that is, a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less
  • PUCCH format 1 that is, a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less
  • PUCCH format 2 that is, a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more
  • PUCCH format 3 that is, a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and does not support multi-user multiplexing
  • PUCCH format 4 that is, a long PUCCH format of 2
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 2, an uplink power control method includes the following steps:
  • Step 1011 Obtain a number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the first PUCCH format, where the first PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less, and the first PUCCH format is PUCCH format 0 of the five PUCCH formats in the foregoing NR. .
  • the mobile communication terminal can acquire the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format.
  • Step 1021 Calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format to implement uplink power control.
  • the mobile communication terminal may calculate the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format acquired in step 1011.
  • the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1021 can be implemented by using the following formula:
  • N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the first PUCCH format.
  • the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling. If the value of N ref is a preset value, the value of N ref may be, but is not limited to, 1.
  • the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to perform uplink feedback using PUCCH format 0
  • the number of bits to be fed back is 1, and the number of symbols occupied by PUCCH format 0 is 1.
  • control of the uplink power in the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the PUCCH format 0 in the NR, thereby ensuring the transmission performance of the PUCCH format 0 in the NR.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 3, an uplink power control method includes the following steps:
  • Step 1012 Obtain a number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format, and a number of symbols occupied by the demodulation reference signal DMRS in the second PUCCH format.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the second PUCCH format, where the second PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less. It can be understood that the second PUCCH format is the PUCCH format 1 of the five PUCCH formats in the foregoing NR. .
  • the mobile communication terminal can acquire the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format.
  • Step 1022 Calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format, so as to implement uplink power control.
  • the mobile communication terminal may calculate the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format acquired in step 1012 and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format.
  • the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1022 can be implemented by using the following formula:
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the second PUCCH format.
  • the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling. If the value of N ref is a preset value, the value of N ref may be but not limited to 2.
  • the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to perform uplink feedback using PUCCH format 1
  • the number of bits to be fed back is 2
  • the number of symbols occupied by PUCCH format 1 is 4, which includes one DMRS symbol.
  • control of the uplink power in the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the PUCCH format 1 in the NR, thereby ensuring the transmission performance of the PUCCH format 1 in the NR.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 4, an uplink power control method includes the following steps:
  • Step 1013 Obtain a number of bits of UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, and a number of REs carrying the UCI.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the third PUCCH format, where the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more. It can be understood that the third PUCCH format is PUCCH format 2 of the five PUCCH formats in the foregoing NR.
  • the mobile communication terminal can acquire the number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format and the number of REs carrying the UCI.
  • Step 1023 Calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement uplink power control.
  • the mobile communication terminal may calculate the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI acquired in step 1013 and the number of the REs.
  • the number of bits of the UCI may be greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, and the number of bits of the UCI may also be greater than 11.
  • the number of bits is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, and the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1023 can be implemented by the following formula:
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • k is a preset value.
  • the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1023 can be implemented by the following formula:
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function related to the polar coding gain, and p(N RE ) may be a linear function or a nonlinear function.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
  • the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to perform uplink feedback using the PUCCH format 2
  • the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 5
  • the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH format 2 is 2
  • the number of physical resource blocks (PRBs) occupied. 4 that is, the bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 2
  • control of the uplink power in the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the PUCCH format 2 in the NR, thereby ensuring the transmission performance of the PUCCH format 2 in the NR.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow chart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 5, an uplink power control method includes the following steps:
  • Step 1014 Obtain a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format.
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure are adapted to a third PUCCH format.
  • the mobile communication terminal can acquire the number of UCI bits corresponding to the third PUCCH format, the number of REs carrying the UCI, and the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the third PUCCH format.
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to enable frequency hopping, or the frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to not enable frequency hopping.
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameters can be configured through the upper layer.
  • Step 1024 Calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, so as to implement uplink power control.
  • the mobile communication terminal may calculate the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the third PUCCH format acquired in step 1014.
  • the number of bits of the UCI may be greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, and the number of bits of the UCI may also be greater than 11.
  • the number of bits is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, and the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1024 can be implemented by the following formula:
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value, the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the three PUCCH formats are irrelevant.
  • the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1024 can be implemented by the following formula:
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function related to the polar coding gain, and p(N RE ) may be a linear function or a nonlinear function.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers
  • the value range of the k includes:
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 5, and is less than or equal to 7;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
  • the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to perform uplink feedback using the PUCCH format 2 that does not enable frequency hopping
  • the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 5
  • the number of symbols occupied by PUCCH format 2 is 2
  • the number of occupied PRBs is 4, that is, The bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 2
  • the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to perform uplink feedback using the PUCCH format 2 with the frequency hopping enabled
  • the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 5
  • the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH format 2 is 2
  • the number of occupied PRBs is 4, that is, The bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 2
  • k is the same preset value, assuming k preset Is 5.3472.
  • the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to perform uplink feedback using the PUCCH format 2
  • the number of bits of the UCI to be fed back is 8
  • the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH format 2 is 2
  • the number of occupied PRBs is 2, that is, the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH format 2.
  • control of the uplink power in the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the PUCCH format 2 in the NR, thereby ensuring the transmission performance of the PUCCH format 2 in the NR.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 6, an uplink power control method includes the following steps:
  • Step 1015 Obtain a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, and a number of REs that carry the UCI.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the fourth PUCCH format, where the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and the fourth PUCCH format may include two PUCCH formats that support user multiplexing and do not support user multiplexing. It can be understood that the fourth PUCCH format includes PUCCH format 3 and PUCCH format 4 in the five PUCCH formats in the above NR.
  • the mobile communication terminal can acquire the number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format and the number of REs carrying the UCI.
  • Step 1025 Calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement uplink power control.
  • the mobile communication terminal may calculate the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI acquired in step 1015 and the number of the REs.
  • the number of bits of the UCI may be greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, and the number of bits of the UCI may also be greater than 11.
  • the number of bits is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, and the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1025 can be implemented by the following formula:
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • k is a preset value.
  • the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1024 can be implemented by the following formula:
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • p(N RE ) is a function related to the polar coding gain
  • p(N RE ) may be a linear function or a nonlinear function.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 30, and the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH format 4 is 14, wherein the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS is 2, and the number of occupied PRBs is The number is 1, which is the bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 4.
  • control of the uplink power in the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the PUCCH format 3 and the PUCCH format 4 in the NR, thereby ensuring the transmission performance of the PUCCH format 3 and the PUCCH format 4 in the NR.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 7, an uplink power control method includes the following steps:
  • Step 1016 Obtain a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format.
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure are adapted to a fourth PUCCH format.
  • the mobile communication terminal can acquire the number of UCI bits corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, the number of REs carrying the UCI, and the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the fourth PUCCH format.
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to enable frequency hopping, or the frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to not enable frequency hopping.
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameters can be configured through the upper layer.
  • Step 1026 Calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format to implement uplink power control.
  • the mobile communication terminal may calculate the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the fourth PUCCH format acquired in step 1016.
  • the number of bits of the UCI may be greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, and the number of bits of the UCI may also be greater than 11.
  • the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1026 can be implemented by the following formula:
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • k is a preset value
  • the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the four PUCCH formats are irrelevant.
  • the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1026 can be implemented by the following formula:
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • p(N RE ) is a function related to the polar coding gain
  • p(N RE ) may be a linear function or a nonlinear function.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers
  • the value range of the k includes:
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 7, and less than or equal to 9;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 10
  • the number of symbols occupied by PUCCH format 3 is 14, wherein the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS is 2.
  • the number of occupied PRBs is 1, that is, the bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 3.
  • the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 10
  • the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH format 3 is 14, wherein the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS is 2.
  • the number of occupied PRBs is 1, that is, the bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 3.
  • the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 30, and the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH format 4 is 14, wherein the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS is 2, and the occupied PRB The number is 1, which is the bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 4.
  • k is the same preset value, assuming k is preset to 4.4785.
  • the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 10
  • the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH format 3 is 14, wherein the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS is 2, and the number of occupied PRBs is 1 is the bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 3
  • control of the uplink power in the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the PUCCH format 3 and the PUCCH format 4 in the NR, thereby ensuring the transmission performance of the PUCCH format 3 and the PUCCH format 4 in the NR.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format or a fourth PUCCH format, where the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more; the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 1017 Obtain the number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the PUCCH, and the number of REs carrying the UCI.
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure are applicable to both the third PUCCH format and the fourth PUCCH format.
  • the mobile communication terminal can acquire the number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the PUCCH and the number of REs carrying the UCI.
  • Step 1027 Calculate the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
  • the mobile communication terminal may calculate the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI acquired in step 1017 and the number of the REs.
  • the number of bits of the UCI may be greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, and the number of bits of the UCI may also be greater than 11.
  • the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1027 can be implemented by the following formula:
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF, c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the RE;
  • the PUCCH when the PUCCH is in the third PUCCH format, When the PUCCH is in the fourth PUCCH format, The number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH, The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the PUCCH, For the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH, k is a preset value.
  • the values of k are the same.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • PUCCH format 2 PUCCH format 3
  • PUCCH format 4 a unique value of k is preset, assuming a preset of 5.1286.
  • the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to perform uplink feedback using PUCCH format 2
  • the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 5
  • the number of symbols occupied by PUCCH format 2 is 2
  • the number of occupied PRBs is 2, that is, the bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 2
  • the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 10
  • the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH format 3 is 14, wherein the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS is 2, and the number of occupied PRBs is The number is 1, which is the bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 3.
  • control of the uplink power in the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the PUCCH format 2, the PUCCH format 3 and the PUCCH format 4 in the NR, thereby ensuring the transmission performance of the PUCCH format 2, the PUCCH format 3 and the PUCCH format 4 in the NR.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile communication terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the mobile communication terminal 200 includes:
  • the obtaining module 201 is configured to obtain an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to the uplink channel format.
  • the calculation module 202 is configured to calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter to implement uplink power control.
  • the uplink channel format is a first PUCCH format, and the first PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
  • the obtaining module 201 is specifically configured to:
  • the calculation module 202 is specifically configured to:
  • the calculating module 202 is specifically configured to:
  • N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the first PUCCH format.
  • the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
  • the uplink channel format is a second PUCCH format, and the second PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
  • the obtaining module 201 is specifically configured to:
  • the calculation module 202 is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format to implement uplink power control.
  • the calculating module 202 is specifically configured to:
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the second PUCCH format.
  • the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
  • the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the obtaining module 201 is specifically configured to:
  • the calculation module 202 is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
  • the calculating module 202 is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
  • the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the obtaining module 201 is specifically configured to:
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameter is configured to configure the PUCCH to The parameter of the frequency hopping is turned on, or the frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to not enable frequency hopping;
  • the calculation module 202 is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format.
  • the calculating module 202 is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value, the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the three PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers
  • the value range of the k includes:
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 5, and is less than or equal to 7;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
  • the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the obtaining module 201 is specifically configured to:
  • the calculation module 202 is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
  • the calculating module 202 is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
  • k is a preset value
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the obtaining module 201 is specifically configured to:
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameter is configured to configure the PUCCH to The parameter of the frequency hopping is turned on, or the frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to not enable frequency hopping;
  • the calculation module 202 is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format.
  • the calculating module 202 is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • k is a preset value
  • the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the four PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers
  • the value range of the k includes:
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 7, and less than or equal to 9;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the fourth PUCCH format includes two PUCCH formats that support user multiplexing and do not support user multiplexing.
  • the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format or a fourth PUCCH format, where the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH of 2 bits or more. format;
  • the obtaining module 201 is specifically configured to:
  • the calculation module 202 is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
  • the calculating module 202 is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF, c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the RE;
  • the PUCCH when the PUCCH is in the third PUCCH format, When the PUCCH is in the fourth PUCCH format, The number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH, The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the PUCCH, For the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH, k is a preset value.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the mobile communication terminal 200 may be a mobile communication terminal in any of the embodiments of the method in the embodiment of the disclosure, and any implementation manner of the mobile communication terminal in the method embodiment in the embodiment of the disclosure may be used. It is implemented by the above mobile communication terminal 200 in this embodiment, and achieves the same beneficial effects, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another mobile communication terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the mobile communication terminal includes: a processor 300, a memory 310, and a bus interface.
  • the processor 300 is configured to read a program in the memory 310 and perform the following process:
  • the bus architecture can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 300 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 310.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • the processor 300 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 310 can store data used by the processor 300 in performing operations.
  • the uplink channel format is a first PUCCH format, and the first PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
  • the processor 300 also implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the first PUCCH format.
  • the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
  • the uplink channel format is a second PUCCH format, and the second PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
  • the processor 300 also implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format to implement uplink power control.
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the second PUCCH format.
  • the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
  • the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the processor 300 also implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
  • the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the processor 300 also implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameter includes: configuring PUCCH to be enabled The parameter of the frequency hopping, or the PUCCH is configured as a parameter that does not enable frequency hopping;
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format.
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value, the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the three PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers
  • the value range of the k includes:
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 5, and is less than or equal to 7;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
  • the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the processor 300 also implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
  • k is a preset value
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
  • the processor 300 also implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameter includes: configuring PUCCH to be enabled The parameter of the frequency hopping, or the PUCCH is configured as a parameter that does not enable frequency hopping;
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format.
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • k is a preset value
  • the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first
  • the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the four PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value
  • O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI
  • N RE is the number of the REs
  • the number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format
  • p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers
  • the value range of the k includes:
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 7, and less than or equal to 9;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
  • the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the fourth PUCCH format includes two PUCCH formats that support user multiplexing and do not support user multiplexing.
  • the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format or a fourth PUCCH format, where the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH of 2 bits or more. format;
  • the processor 300 also implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
  • the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula
  • ⁇ PUCCH_TF, c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the RE;
  • the PUCCH when the PUCCH is in the third PUCCH format, When the PUCCH is in the fourth PUCCH format, The number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH, The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the PUCCH, For the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH, k is a preset value.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  • the device involved includes a sending device (ie, a base station) and a receiving device (ie, a mobile communication terminal), and the transmitting device and the receiving device accessing the transmitting device can perform downlink transmission and uplink receiving.
  • a sending device ie, a base station
  • a receiving device ie, a mobile communication terminal
  • the base station may be a base station or other type of transmission point device in the existing device, and the terminal may be a user equipment. Of course, it is not limited to the above two types of devices.
  • the base station may also be a terminal that can perform configuration operations on other terminals.
  • a base station can also be considered to contain multiple network sites.
  • the network node may include only a radio frequency (such as a Radio Radio Unit (RRU)) or a baseband and radio frequency (such as an active antenna).
  • RRU Radio Radio Unit
  • the network node may only include a baseband (such as a baseband unit (BBU)); it may also not include any digital/radio functions of the air interface layer, and is only responsible for high-level signal processing, and the baseband processing of the air interface layer is placed on the active antenna. .
  • RRU Radio Radio Unit
  • BBU baseband unit
  • the mobile communication terminal may also be referred to as a user equipment (User Equipment, UE), or may be called a Terminal, a mobile station (Mobile Station, MS), a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), etc., and the terminal may be via a radio access network (Radio).
  • the Access Network (RAN) communicates with one or more core networks.
  • the mobile communication terminal may be a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone), a computer with a mobile terminal, etc., for example, the mobile communication terminal may also be portable. , pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange voice and/or data with a wireless access network.
  • the mobile communication terminal in the embodiment of the present disclosure may also be a Device to Device (D2D) terminal or a Machine to Machine (M2M) terminal.
  • D2D Device to Device
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a computer readable storage medium, where the computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by the processor, the uplink power control applied to the mobile communication terminal provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure may be implemented.
  • the steps in the method are not limited to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the disclosed method and apparatus may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • each functional unit in various embodiments of the present disclosure may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may be physically included separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of hardware plus software functional units.
  • the above-described integrated unit implemented in the form of a software functional unit can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the above software functional unit is stored in a storage medium and includes a plurality of instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform part of the steps of the transceiving method of the various embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are an uplink power control method, and a mobile communication terminal. The method comprises: acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format; and calculating, according to the uplink transmission parameter, an uplink power adjustment value so as to implement uplink power control.

Description

上行功率控制方法及移动通信终端Uplink power control method and mobile communication terminal
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-reference to related applications
本申请主张在2017年11月17日在中国提交的中国专利申请号No.201711146106.2的优先权,2018年1月11日在中国提交的中国专利申请号No.201810027456.5的优先权,2018年1月12日在中国提交的中国专利申请号No.201810031361.0的优先权,以及2018年3月9日在中国提交的中国专利申请号No.201810195735.2的优先权,其全部内容通过引用包含于此。The priority of Chinese Patent Application No. 201711146106.2 filed on November 17, 2017 in China, and the priority of Chinese Patent Application No. 201810027456.5 filed in China on January 11, 2018, January 2018 The priority of the Chinese Patent Application No. 201810031361.0 filed on Jan. 12, and the priority of the Chinese Patent Application No. 20110119573, filed on Jan.
技术领域Technical field
本公开涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种上行功率控制方法及移动终端终端。The present disclosure relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to an uplink power control method and a mobile terminal terminal.
背景技术Background technique
随着移动通信业务需求的发展变化,国际电信联盟(International Telecommunication Union,ITU)和第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)等组织都开始研究新的无线通信***(New RAT,NR),例如第五代无线通信***(5 Generation New RAT,5G NR)。目前,对于未来的NR,如何进行上行功率的控制还没有具体的方案。As the demand for mobile communication services changes, organizations such as the International Telecommunication Union (ITU) and the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) are investigating new wireless communication systems (New RAT, NR). ), for example, the fifth generation wireless communication system (5 Generation New RAT, 5G NR). At present, there is no specific solution for how to control the uplink power for the future NR.
在长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)无线通信***中,可以通过以下公式对载波c上slot i中的物理上行链路控制信道(Physical Uplink Control CHannel,PUCCH)进行功率控制:In a Long Term Evolution (LTE) wireless communication system, the physical uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control CHannel, PUCCH) in slot i on carrier c can be power controlled by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000001
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)表示PUCCH的功率调整值,该调整值与PUCCH的传输格式相关。 Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) represents the power adjustment value of the PUCCH, and the adjustment value is related to the transmission format of the PUCCH.
由于NR和LTE的PUCCH格式在比特范围和编码方式等方面存在不同,因此,LTE的PUCCH功率控制方式无法适用于NR。若在NR中重用LTE中Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)的定义,可能会降低NR中PUCCH的传输性能。 Since the PUCCH format of NR and LTE differs in bit range and coding mode, the PUCCH power control mode of LTE cannot be applied to NR. If the definition of Δ PUCCH_TF, c (i) in LTE is reused in NR, the transmission performance of PUCCH in NR may be degraded.
发明内容Summary of the invention
有鉴于此,本公开提供一种上行功率控制方法及移动通信终端,以解决因NR和LTE的PUCCH格式不同而导致LET的PUCCH功率控制方式无法适用于NR的问题。In view of this, the present disclosure provides an uplink power control method and a mobile communication terminal to solve the problem that the PUCCH power control mode of the LET cannot be applied to the NR due to different PUCCH formats of NR and LTE.
为解决上述技术问题,本公开提供一种上行功率控制方法,包括:To solve the above technical problem, the present disclosure provides an uplink power control method, including:
获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数;Obtaining an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format;
根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。And determining, according to the uplink transmission parameter, an uplink power adjustment value to implement uplink power control.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第一PUCCH格式,第一PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的短PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a first PUCCH format, and the first PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
所述获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数的步骤,包括:The step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
获取所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数;Obtaining the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format;
所述根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
根据所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值。And calculating, according to the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, the uplink power adjustment value.
可选地,所述根据所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:Optionally, the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, including:
通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;Calculating the uplink power adjustment value by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000002
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000003
为所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,N ref为所述第一PUCCH格式对应的参考系数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000003
For the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the first PUCCH format.
可选地,所述N ref的值为预设值或者为高层信令配置的值。 Optionally, the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第二PUCCH格式,所述第二PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a second PUCCH format, and the second PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
所述获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数的步骤,包括:The step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
获取所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS)占有的符号数;Obtaining a number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format, and a number of symbols occupied by a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) in the second PUCCH format;
所述根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
根据所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值。And calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format.
可选地,所述根据所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:Optionally, the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format, including:
通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;Calculating the uplink power adjustment value by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000004
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000005
为所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000006
为所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,N ref为所述第二PUCCH格式对应的参考系数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000005
The number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000006
For the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format, N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the second PUCCH format.
可选地,所述N ref的值为预设值或者为高层信令配置的值。 Optionally, the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数的步骤,包括:The step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
获取所述第三PUCCH格式对应的上行控制信号(Uplink Control Information,UCI)的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的资源元素(Resource Element,RE)的个数;Obtaining, by the number of bits of the uplink control signal (UCI) corresponding to the third PUCCH format, and the number of resource elements (Resource Element, RE) carrying the UCI;
所述根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
可选地,所述根据所述UCI的比特数,以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:Optionally, the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs includes:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000007
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000008
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000009
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000008
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000009
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000010
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000011
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000012
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为极化polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000011
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000012
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of polarization-polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于7。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数的步骤,包括:The step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
获取所述第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数;所述跳频配置参数包括:将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format; the frequency hopping configuration parameter includes: configuring PUCCH to be enabled The parameter of the frequency hopping, or the PUCCH is configured as a parameter that does not enable frequency hopping;
所述根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format.
可选地,所述根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:Optionally, the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, including:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000013
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000014
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000015
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值,所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关,或者,所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000014
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000015
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value, the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first The frequency hopping configuration parameters of the three PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000016
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000017
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000018
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000017
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000018
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示;Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers;
当所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关时,所述k的取值范围包括:When the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, the value range of the k includes:
当所述第三PUCCH格式在未开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于5,且小于或者等于7;When the third PUCCH format is not enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 5, and is less than or equal to 7;
当所述第三PUCCH格式在开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于5;When the third PUCCH format is enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
或者,当所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于7。Or, when the value of the k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第四PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数的步骤,包括:The step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
获取所述第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, and a number of REs carrying the UCI;
所述根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
可选地,所述根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:Optionally, the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs includes:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000019
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000020
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000021
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号 数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000022
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000020
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000021
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000022
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, k is a preset value;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000023
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000024
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000025
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000026
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000024
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000025
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000026
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第四PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数的步骤,包括:The step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
获取所述第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数;所述跳频配置参数包括:将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format; the frequency hopping configuration parameter includes: configuring PUCCH to be enabled The parameter of the frequency hopping, or the PUCCH is configured as a parameter that does not enable frequency hopping;
所述根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format.
可选地,所述根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:Optionally, the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, including:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000027
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000028
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000029
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号 数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000030
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值,所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关,或者,所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000028
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000029
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000030
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, k is a preset value, and the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first The frequency hopping configuration parameters of the four PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000031
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000031
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000032
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000033
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000034
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000032
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000033
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000034
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示;Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers;
当所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关时,所述k的取值范围包括:When the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, the value range of the k includes:
当所述第四PUCCH格式在未开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于7,且小于或者等于9;When the fourth PUCCH format is not enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 7, and less than or equal to 9;
当所述第四PUCCH格式在开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于5;When the fourth PUCCH format is enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
或者,当所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Or, when the value of the k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式包括支持用户复用和不支持用户复用两种PUCCH格式。Optionally, the fourth PUCCH format includes two PUCCH formats that support user multiplexing and do not support user multiplexing.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式或第四PUCCH格式;其中,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format or a fourth PUCCH format, where the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH of 2 bits or more. format;
所述获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数的步骤,包括:The step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
获取PUCCH对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining, by the number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the PUCCH, and the number of REs carrying the UCI;
所述根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
可选地,所述根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上 行功率调整值的步骤,包括:Optionally, the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs includes:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000035
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数; Where Δ PUCCH_TF, c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the RE;
其中,当PUCCH为第三PUCCH格式时,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000036
当PUCCH为第四PUCCH格式时,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000037
为所述PUCCH占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000038
为所述PUCCH中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000039
为所述PUCCH占用的带宽,k为一预设值。
Wherein, when the PUCCH is in the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000036
When the PUCCH is in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000037
The number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000038
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the PUCCH,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000039
For the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH, k is a preset value.
可选地,所述PUCCH占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
本公开还提供一种移动通信终端,包括:The present disclosure also provides a mobile communication terminal, including:
获取模块,用于获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数;An obtaining module, configured to acquire an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format;
计算模块,用于根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The calculation module is configured to calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter to implement uplink power control.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第一PUCCH格式,第一PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的短PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a first PUCCH format, and the first PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
所述获取模块具体用于:The obtaining module is specifically configured to:
获取所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数;Obtaining the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format;
所述计算模块具体用于:The calculation module is specifically configured to:
根据所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。And calculating, according to the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, the uplink power adjustment value to implement uplink power control.
可选地,所述计算模块具体用于:Optionally, the computing module is specifically configured to:
通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;Calculating the uplink power adjustment value by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000040
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000041
为所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,N ref为所述第一PUCCH格式对应的参考系数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000041
For the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the first PUCCH format.
可选地,所述N ref的值为预设值或者为高层信令配置的值。 Optionally, the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第二PUCCH格式,所述第二PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a second PUCCH format, and the second PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
所述获取模块具体用于:The obtaining module is specifically configured to:
获取所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中解调参考信号DMRS占有的符号数;Obtaining, by the second PUCCH format, the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format, and the number of symbols occupied by the demodulation reference signal DMRS in the second PUCCH format;
所述计算模块具体用于:The calculation module is specifically configured to:
根据所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format to implement uplink power control.
可选地,所述计算模块具体用于:Optionally, the computing module is specifically configured to:
通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;Calculating the uplink power adjustment value by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000042
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000042
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000043
为所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000044
为所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,N ref为所述第二PUCCH格式对应的参考系数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000043
The number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000044
For the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format, N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the second PUCCH format.
可选地,所述N ref的值为预设值或者为高层信令配置的值。 Optionally, the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述获取模块具体用于:The obtaining module is specifically configured to:
获取所述第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, and a number of REs carrying the UCI;
所述计算模块具体用于:The calculation module is specifically configured to:
根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
可选地,所述计算模块具体用于:Optionally, the computing module is specifically configured to:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000045
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000045
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000046
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000047
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000046
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000047
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000048
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000048
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000049
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000050
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000049
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000050
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于7。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述获取模块具体用于:The obtaining module is specifically configured to:
获取所述第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数;所述跳频配置参数为用于将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,所述跳频配置参数为用于将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format; the frequency hopping configuration parameter is configured to configure the PUCCH to The parameter of the frequency hopping is turned on, or the frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to not enable frequency hopping;
所述计算模块具体用于:The calculation module is specifically configured to:
根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format.
可选地,所述计算模块具体用于:Optionally, the computing module is specifically configured to:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000051
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000051
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000052
为所述第三PUCCH格式 占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000053
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值,所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关,或者,所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000052
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000053
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value, the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first The frequency hopping configuration parameters of the three PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000054
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000054
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000055
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000056
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000055
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000056
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示;Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers;
当所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关时,所述k的取值范围包括:When the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, the value range of the k includes:
当所述第三PUCCH格式在未开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于5,且小于或者等于7;When the third PUCCH format is not enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 5, and is less than or equal to 7;
当所述第三PUCCH格式在开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于5;When the third PUCCH format is enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
或者,当所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于7。Or, when the value of the k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第四PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述获取模块具体用于:The obtaining module is specifically configured to:
获取所述第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, and a number of REs carrying the UCI;
所述计算模块具体用于:The calculation module is specifically configured to:
根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
可选地,所述计算模块具体用于:Optionally, the computing module is specifically configured to:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000057
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000057
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000058
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000059
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000060
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000058
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000059
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000060
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, k is a preset value;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000061
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000061
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000062
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000063
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000064
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000062
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000063
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000064
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第四PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述获取模块具体用于:The obtaining module is specifically configured to:
获取所述第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数;所述跳频配置参数为用于将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,所述跳频配置参数为用于将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format; the frequency hopping configuration parameter is configured to configure the PUCCH to The parameter of the frequency hopping is turned on, or the frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to not enable frequency hopping;
所述计算模块具体用于:The calculation module is specifically configured to:
根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format.
可选地,所述计算模块具体用于:Optionally, the computing module is specifically configured to:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000065
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000065
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000066
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000067
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000068
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值,所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关,或者,所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000066
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000067
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000068
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, k is a preset value, and the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first The frequency hopping configuration parameters of the four PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000069
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000069
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000070
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000071
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000072
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000070
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000071
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000072
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示;Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers;
当所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关时,所述k的取值范围包括:When the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, the value range of the k includes:
当所述第四PUCCH格式在未开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于7,且小于或者等于9;When the fourth PUCCH format is not enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 7, and less than or equal to 9;
当所述第四PUCCH格式在开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于5;When the fourth PUCCH format is enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
或者,当所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Or, when the value of the k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式包括支持用户复用和不支持用户复用两种PUCCH格式。Optionally, the fourth PUCCH format includes two PUCCH formats that support user multiplexing and do not support user multiplexing.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式或第四PUCCH格式;其中,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format or a fourth PUCCH format, where the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH of 2 bits or more. format;
所述获取模块具体用于:The obtaining module is specifically configured to:
获取PUCCH对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining, by the number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the PUCCH, and the number of REs carrying the UCI;
所述计算模块具体用于:The calculation module is specifically configured to:
根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
可选地,所述计算模块具体用于:Optionally, the computing module is specifically configured to:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000073
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000073
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数; Where Δ PUCCH_TF, c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the RE;
其中,当PUCCH为第三PUCCH格式时,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000074
当PUCCH为第四PUCCH格式时,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000075
为所述PUCCH占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000076
为所述PUCCH中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000077
为所述PUCCH占用的带宽,k为一预设值。
Wherein, when the PUCCH is in the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000074
When the PUCCH is in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000075
The number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000076
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the PUCCH,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000077
For the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH, k is a preset value.
可选地,所述PUCCH占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
本公开还提供一种移动通信终端,包括存储器、处理器、收发机及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序;所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:The present disclosure also provides a mobile communication terminal comprising a memory, a processor, a transceiver, and a computer program stored on the memory and operable on the processor; the processor implementing the computer program to implement the following step:
获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数;Obtaining an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format;
根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。And determining, according to the uplink transmission parameter, an uplink power adjustment value to implement uplink power control.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第一PUCCH格式,第一PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的短PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a first PUCCH format, and the first PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
获取所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数;Obtaining the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format;
根据所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。And calculating, according to the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, the uplink power adjustment value to implement uplink power control.
可选地,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:Optionally, the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;Calculating the uplink power adjustment value by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000078
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000078
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000079
为所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,N ref为所述第一PUCCH格式对应的参考系数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000079
For the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the first PUCCH format.
可选地,所述N ref的值为预设值或者为高层信令配置的值。 Optionally, the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第二PUCCH格式,所述第二PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a second PUCCH format, and the second PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
获取所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中解调参考信号DMRS占有的符号数;Obtaining, by the second PUCCH format, the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format, and the number of symbols occupied by the demodulation reference signal DMRS in the second PUCCH format;
根据所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format to implement uplink power control.
可选地,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:Optionally, the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;Calculating the uplink power adjustment value by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000080
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000080
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000081
为所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000082
为所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,N ref为所述第二PUCCH格式对应的参考系数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000081
The number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000082
For the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format, N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the second PUCCH format.
可选地,所述N ref的值为预设值或者为高层信令配置的值。 Optionally, the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
获取所述第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, and a number of REs carrying the UCI;
根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
可选地,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:Optionally, the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000083
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000083
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000084
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000085
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000084
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000085
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000086
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000086
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000087
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000088
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000087
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000088
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于7。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
获取所述第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数;所述跳频配置参数包括:将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format; the frequency hopping configuration parameter includes: configuring PUCCH to be enabled The parameter of the frequency hopping, or the PUCCH is configured as a parameter that does not enable frequency hopping;
根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format.
可选地,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:Optionally, the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000089
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000089
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000090
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000091
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值, 所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关,或者,所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000090
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000091
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value, the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first The frequency hopping configuration parameters of the three PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000092
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000092
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000093
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000094
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000093
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000094
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示;Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers;
当所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关时,所述k的取值范围包括:When the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, the value range of the k includes:
当所述第三PUCCH格式在未开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于5,且小于或者等于7;When the third PUCCH format is not enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 5, and is less than or equal to 7;
当所述第三PUCCH格式在开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于5;When the third PUCCH format is enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
或者,当所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于7。Or, when the value of the k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第四PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
获取所述第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, and a number of REs carrying the UCI;
根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
可选地,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:Optionally, the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000095
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000095
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000096
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000097
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000098
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000096
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000097
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000098
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, k is a preset value;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000099
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000099
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000100
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000101
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000102
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000100
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000101
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000102
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第四PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
获取所述第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数;所述跳频配置参数包括:将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format; the frequency hopping configuration parameter includes: configuring PUCCH to be enabled The parameter of the frequency hopping, or the PUCCH is configured as a parameter that does not enable frequency hopping;
根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format.
可选地,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:Optionally, the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000103
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000103
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000104
为所述第四PUCCH 格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000105
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000106
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值,所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关,或者,所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000104
The number of symbols occupied for the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000105
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000106
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, k is a preset value, and the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first The frequency hopping configuration parameters of the four PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000107
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000107
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000108
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000109
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000110
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000108
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000109
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000110
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示;Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers;
当所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关时,所述k的取值范围包括:When the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, the value range of the k includes:
当所述第四PUCCH格式在未开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于7,且小于或者等于9;When the fourth PUCCH format is not enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 7, and less than or equal to 9;
当所述第四PUCCH格式在开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于5;When the fourth PUCCH format is enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
或者,当所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Or, when the value of the k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式包括支持用户复用和不支持用户复用两种PUCCH格式。Optionally, the fourth PUCCH format includes two PUCCH formats that support user multiplexing and do not support user multiplexing.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式或第四PUCCH格式;其中,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format or a fourth PUCCH format, where the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH of 2 bits or more. format;
所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
获取PUCCH对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining, by the number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the PUCCH, and the number of REs carrying the UCI;
根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
可选地,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:Optionally, the processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000111
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000111
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数; Where Δ PUCCH_TF, c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the RE;
其中,当PUCCH为第三PUCCH格式时,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000112
当PUCCH为第四PUCCH格式时,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000113
为所述PUCCH占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000114
为所述PUCCH中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000115
为所述PUCCH占用的带宽,k为一预设值。
Wherein, when the PUCCH is in the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000112
When the PUCCH is in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000113
The number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000114
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the PUCCH,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000115
For the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH, k is a preset value.
可选地,所述PUCCH占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
本公开还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述上行功率控制方法中的步骤。The present disclosure also provides a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program that, when executed by a processor, implements the steps in the above described uplink power control method.
本公开的上述技术方案的有益效果如下:The beneficial effects of the above technical solutions of the present disclosure are as follows:
本公开通过获取NR中上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数来计算上行功率调整值,这样,计算得到的上行功率调整值能够与NR中上行信道格式相适应,从而使得对上行功率的控制与NR中上行信道格式相适应,保证了NR中上行信道的传输性能。The present disclosure calculates the uplink power adjustment value by acquiring the uplink transmission parameter corresponding to the uplink channel format in the NR, so that the calculated uplink power adjustment value can be adapted to the uplink channel format in the NR, so that the control of the uplink power and the NR are performed. The upstream channel format is adapted to ensure the transmission performance of the uplink channel in the NR.
附图说明DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本公开实施例的技术方案,下面将对本公开实施例中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本公开的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the drawings to be used in the embodiments of the present disclosure will be briefly described below. It is obvious that the drawings in the following description are only some embodiments of the present disclosure, Those skilled in the art can also obtain other drawings based on these drawings without paying for creative labor.
图1为本公开实施例的一种上行功率控制方法的流程图;FIG. 1 is a flowchart of an uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图2为本公开实施例的另一种上行功率控制方法的流程图;2 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图3为本公开实施例的另一种上行功率控制方法的流程图;FIG. 3 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4为本公开实施例的另一种上行功率控制方法的流程图;4 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5为本公开实施例的另一种上行功率控制方法的流程图;FIG. 5 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本公开实施例的另一种上行功率控制方法的流程图;FIG. 6 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本公开实施例的另一种上行功率控制方法的流程图;FIG. 7 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本公开实施例的另一种上行功率控制方法的流程图;FIG. 8 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本公开实施例的一种移动通信终端的结构图;FIG. 9 is a structural diagram of a mobile communication terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10为本公开实施例的另一种移动通信终端的结构图。FIG. 10 is a structural diagram of another mobile communication terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本公开实施例中的附图,对本公开实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本公开一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本公开中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本公开保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present disclosure are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present disclosure. It is obvious that the described embodiments are a part of the embodiments of the present disclosure, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present disclosure without departing from the inventive scope are the scope of the disclosure.
下面将结合附图和实施例,对本公开的具体实施方式作进一步详细描述。以下实施例用于说明本公开,但不用来限制本公开的范围。Specific embodiments of the present disclosure will be further described in detail below with reference to the drawings and embodiments. The following examples are intended to illustrate the disclosure, but are not intended to limit the scope of the disclosure.
请参考图1,图1为本公开实施例提供的一种上行功率控制方法的流程图,如图1所示,一种上行功率控制方法,包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 1. FIG. 1 is a flowchart of an uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 1 , an uplink power control method includes the following steps:
步骤101、获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数。Step 101: Obtain an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format.
该步骤中,移动通信终端可以获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数。In this step, the mobile communication terminal can acquire an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to the uplink channel format.
其中,上述上行信道格式为NR中的上行信道格式,对于不同的上行信道格式,移动通信终端获取的上行传输参数可能不同。The uplink channel format is an uplink channel format in the NR. For different uplink channel formats, the uplink transmission parameters acquired by the mobile communication terminal may be different.
步骤102、根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。Step 102: Calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter to implement uplink power control.
该步骤中,移动通信终端可以根据步骤101中获取的上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值,其中,该上行功率调整值用于实现上行功率的控制。In this step, the mobile communication terminal may calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter obtained in step 101, where the uplink power adjustment value is used to implement uplink power control.
具体的,如何通过上行功率调整值实现上行功率的控制,可以采用背景技术中所描述的LTE中上行功率控制的方式得以实现,为避免重复,本公开实施例对此不作赘述。Specifically, how to implement the control of the uplink power by using the uplink power adjustment value may be implemented by using the uplink power control method in the LTE as described in the background, and the embodiment of the present disclosure does not describe the details.
本公开实施例适用于NR中移动通信终端上行传输功率的控制,本公开实施例通过获取NR中上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数来计算上行功率调 整值,这样,计算得到的上行功率调整值能够与NR中上行信道格式相适应,从而使得对上行功率的控制与NR中上行信道格式相适应,保证了NR中上行信道的传输性能。The embodiment of the present disclosure is applicable to the control of the uplink transmission power of the mobile communication terminal in the NR. The embodiment of the present disclosure calculates the uplink power adjustment value by acquiring the uplink transmission parameter corresponding to the uplink channel format in the NR, so that the calculated uplink power adjustment value can be compared with The uplink channel format in the NR is adapted, so that the control of the uplink power is adapted to the uplink channel format in the NR, and the transmission performance of the uplink channel in the NR is guaranteed.
NR***五种新的PUCCH格式,这五种PUCCH格式分别为:PUCCH format 0,即2比特及2比特以下的短PUCCH格式;PUCCH format 1,即2比特及2比特以下的长PUCCH格式;PUCCH format 2,即2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;PUCCH format 3,即2比特以上的长PUCCH格式,且不支持多用户复用;PUCCH format 4,即2比特以上的长PUCCH格式,且支持多用户复用。对于上述各种PUCCH格式,不应因命名而限制本公开的范围。The NR supports five new PUCCH formats, namely: PUCCH format 0, that is, a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less; PUCCH format 1, that is, a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less; PUCCH format 2, that is, a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more; PUCCH format 3, that is, a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and does not support multi-user multiplexing; PUCCH format 4, that is, a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and supports many User reuse. For the various PUCCH formats described above, the scope of the present disclosure should not be limited by the naming.
下面分别以本公开适应于NR中不同的PUCCH格式为实施例进行具体描述。The following is specifically described as an embodiment in which the present disclosure is adapted to different PUCCH formats in the NR.
请参考图2,图2为本公开实施例提供的另一种上行功率控制方法的流程图,如图2所示,一种上行功率控制方法,所述方法包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 2. FIG. 2 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 2, an uplink power control method includes the following steps:
步骤1011、获取第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数。Step 1011: Obtain a number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format.
本公开实施例适应于第一PUCCH格式,其中,第一PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的短PUCCH格式,可以理解地,第一PUCCH格式为上述NR中五种PUCCH格式中的PUCCH format 0。The embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the first PUCCH format, where the first PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less, and the first PUCCH format is PUCCH format 0 of the five PUCCH formats in the foregoing NR. .
该步骤中,移动通信终端可以获取第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数。In this step, the mobile communication terminal can acquire the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format.
步骤1021、根据所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,计算上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。Step 1021: Calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format to implement uplink power control.
该步骤中,移动通信终端可以根据步骤1011中获取的第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,计算上行功率调整值。In this step, the mobile communication terminal may calculate the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format acquired in step 1011.
至于如何通过上行功率调整值实现上行功率的控制,可以参照图1所示的公开实施例中的相关描述,为避免重复,对此不作赘述。For the control of the uplink power by using the uplink power adjustment value, reference may be made to the related description in the disclosed embodiment shown in FIG. 1. To avoid repetition, no further details are provided herein.
具体的,对于步骤1021中上行功率调整值的计算,可以通过以下公式实现:Specifically, the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1021 can be implemented by using the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000116
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000116
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000117
为所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,N ref为所述第一PUCCH格式对应的参考系数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000117
For the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the first PUCCH format.
可选地,所述N ref的值为预设值或者为高层信令配置的值。若N ref的值为预设值,则N ref的值可以为但不限于为1。 Optionally, the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling. If the value of N ref is a preset value, the value of N ref may be, but is not limited to, 1.
例如,假设基站指示移动通信终端使用PUCCH format 0进行上行反馈,需要反馈的比特数为1,PUCCH format 0占用的符号数为1。For example, if the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to perform uplink feedback using PUCCH format 0, the number of bits to be fed back is 1, and the number of symbols occupied by PUCCH format 0 is 1.
则移动通信终端可以根据公式
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000118
计算PUCCH format 0对应的功率调整值,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000119
N ref=1,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)=10log 10(1)=0dB。
Then the mobile communication terminal can be based on the formula
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000118
Calculate the power adjustment value corresponding to PUCCH format 0,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000119
N ref =1, Δ PUCCH_TF, c (i) = 10 log 10 (1) = 0 dB.
可见,本公开实施例对上行功率的控制与NR中PUCCH format 0相适应,从而保证了NR中PUCCH format 0的传输性能。It can be seen that the control of the uplink power in the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the PUCCH format 0 in the NR, thereby ensuring the transmission performance of the PUCCH format 0 in the NR.
请参考图3,图3为本公开实施例提供的另一种上行功率控制方法的流程图,如图3所示,一种上行功率控制方法,所述方法包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 3. FIG. 3 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 3, an uplink power control method includes the following steps:
步骤1012、获取第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中解调参考信号DMRS占有的符号数。Step 1012: Obtain a number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format, and a number of symbols occupied by the demodulation reference signal DMRS in the second PUCCH format.
本公开实施例适应于第二PUCCH格式,其中,第二PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的长PUCCH格式,可以理解地,第二PUCCH格式为上述NR中五种PUCCH格式中的PUCCH format 1。The embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the second PUCCH format, where the second PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less. It can be understood that the second PUCCH format is the PUCCH format 1 of the five PUCCH formats in the foregoing NR. .
该步骤中,移动通信终端可以获取第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数。In this step, the mobile communication terminal can acquire the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format.
步骤1022、根据所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,计算上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。Step 1022: Calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format, so as to implement uplink power control.
该步骤中,移动通信终端可以根据步骤1012中获取的第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,计算上行功率调整值。In this step, the mobile communication terminal may calculate the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format acquired in step 1012 and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format.
至于如何通过上行功率调整值实现上行功率的控制,可以参照图1所示的公开实施例中的相关描述,为避免重复,对此不作赘述。For the control of the uplink power by using the uplink power adjustment value, reference may be made to the related description in the disclosed embodiment shown in FIG. 1. To avoid repetition, no further details are provided herein.
具体的,对于步骤1022中上行功率调整值的计算,可以通过以下公式实现:Specifically, the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1022 can be implemented by using the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000120
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000120
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000121
为所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000122
为所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,N ref为所述第二PUCCH格式对应的参考系数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000121
The number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000122
For the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format, N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the second PUCCH format.
可选地,所述N ref的值为预设值或者为高层信令配置的值。若N ref的值为预设值,则N ref的值可以为但不限于为2。 Optionally, the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling. If the value of N ref is a preset value, the value of N ref may be but not limited to 2.
例如,假设基站指示移动通信终端使用PUCCH format 1进行上行反馈,需要反馈的比特数为2,PUCCH format 1占用的符号数为4,其中包含一个DMRS符号。For example, if the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to perform uplink feedback using PUCCH format 1, the number of bits to be fed back is 2, and the number of symbols occupied by PUCCH format 1 is 4, which includes one DMRS symbol.
则移动通信终端可以根据公式
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000123
计算PUCCH format 1对应的功率调整值,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000124
N ref=2,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000125
Then the mobile communication terminal can be based on the formula
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000123
Calculating the power adjustment value corresponding to PUCCH format 1
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000124
N ref = 2,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000125
可见,本公开实施例对上行功率的控制与NR中PUCCH format 1相适应,从而保证了NR中PUCCH format 1的传输性能。It can be seen that the control of the uplink power in the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the PUCCH format 1 in the NR, thereby ensuring the transmission performance of the PUCCH format 1 in the NR.
请参考图4,图4为本公开实施例提供的另一种上行功率控制方法的流程图,如图4所示,一种上行功率控制方法,所述方法包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 4. FIG. 4 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 4, an uplink power control method includes the following steps:
步骤1013、获取第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数。Step 1013: Obtain a number of bits of UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, and a number of REs carrying the UCI.
本公开实施例适应于第三PUCCH格式,其中,第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式,可以理解地,第三PUCCH格式为上述NR中五种PUCCH格式中的PUCCH format 2。The embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the third PUCCH format, where the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more. It can be understood that the third PUCCH format is PUCCH format 2 of the five PUCCH formats in the foregoing NR.
该步骤中,移动通信终端可以获取第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载UCI的RE的个数。In this step, the mobile communication terminal can acquire the number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format and the number of REs carrying the UCI.
步骤1023、根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。Step 1023: Calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement uplink power control.
该步骤中,移动通信终端可以根据步骤1013中获取的UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算上行功率调整值。其中,UCI的比特数可以大于2且小于等于11,UCI的比特数也可以大于11。In this step, the mobile communication terminal may calculate the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI acquired in step 1013 and the number of the REs. The number of bits of the UCI may be greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, and the number of bits of the UCI may also be greater than 11.
至于如何通过上行功率调整值实现上行功率的控制,可以参照图1所示 的公开实施例中的相关描述,为避免重复,对此不作赘述。As for how to control the uplink power by using the uplink power adjustment value, reference may be made to the related description in the disclosed embodiment shown in FIG. 1. To avoid repetition, no further details are provided herein.
具体的,对于UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,步骤1023中上行功率调整值的计算,可以通过以下公式实现:Specifically, for the UCI, the number of bits is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, and the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1023 can be implemented by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000126
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000126
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000127
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000128
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000127
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000128
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value.
对于UCI的比特数大于11,步骤1023中上行功率调整值的计算,可以通过以下公式实现:For the UCI bit number greater than 11, the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1023 can be implemented by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000129
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000129
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000130
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000131
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数,p(N RE)可以为线性函数,也可以为非线性函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000130
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000131
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function related to the polar coding gain, and p(N RE ) may be a linear function or a nonlinear function.
可选地,所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于7。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
例如,假设基站指示移动通信终端使用PUCCH format 2进行上行反馈,需要反馈的UCI的比特数为5,PUCCH format 2占用的符号数为2,占用的物理资源块(Physical Resource Block,PRB)个数为4,即PUCCH format 2占用的带宽
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000132
For example, if the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to perform uplink feedback using the PUCCH format 2, the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 5, the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH format 2 is 2, and the number of physical resource blocks (PRBs) occupied. 4, that is, the bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 2
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000132
则移动通信终端可以根据公式
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000133
计算PUCCH format 2对应的功率调整值,O UCI=5,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000134
当k的值为5时,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000135
Then the mobile communication terminal can be based on the formula
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000133
Calculate the power adjustment value corresponding to PUCCH format 2, O UCI =5,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000134
When the value of k is 5,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000135
可见,本公开实施例对上行功率的控制与NR中PUCCH format 2相适应,从而保证了NR中PUCCH format 2的传输性能。It can be seen that the control of the uplink power in the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the PUCCH format 2 in the NR, thereby ensuring the transmission performance of the PUCCH format 2 in the NR.
请参考图5,图5为本公开实施例提供的另一种上行功率控制方法的流 程图,如图5所示,一种上行功率控制方法,所述方法包括如下步骤:Referring to FIG. 5, FIG. 5 is a flow chart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 5, an uplink power control method includes the following steps:
步骤1014、获取第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数。Step 1014: Obtain a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format.
本公开实施例适应于第三PUCCH格式。Embodiments of the present disclosure are adapted to a third PUCCH format.
该步骤中,移动通信终端可以获取第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载UCI的RE的个数,以及第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数。In this step, the mobile communication terminal can acquire the number of UCI bits corresponding to the third PUCCH format, the number of REs carrying the UCI, and the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the third PUCCH format.
其中,上述跳频配置参数为用于将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,上述跳频配置参数为用于将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数。跳频配置参数可以通过高层配置。The frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to enable frequency hopping, or the frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to not enable frequency hopping. The frequency hopping configuration parameters can be configured through the upper layer.
步骤1024、根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。Step 1024: Calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, so as to implement uplink power control.
该步骤中,移动通信终端可以根据步骤1014中获取的UCI的比特数、RE的个数以及第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算上行功率调整值。其中,UCI的比特数可以大于2且小于等于11,UCI的比特数也可以大于11。In this step, the mobile communication terminal may calculate the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the third PUCCH format acquired in step 1014. The number of bits of the UCI may be greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, and the number of bits of the UCI may also be greater than 11.
至于如何通过上行功率调整值实现上行功率的控制,可以参照图1所示的公开实施例中的相关描述,为避免重复,对此不作赘述。For the control of the uplink power by using the uplink power adjustment value, reference may be made to the related description in the disclosed embodiment shown in FIG. 1. To avoid repetition, no further details are provided herein.
具体的,对于UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,步骤1024中上行功率调整值的计算,可以通过以下公式实现:Specifically, for the UCI, the number of bits is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, and the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1024 can be implemented by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000136
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000136
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000137
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000138
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值,所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关,或者,所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000137
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000138
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value, the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first The frequency hopping configuration parameters of the three PUCCH formats are irrelevant.
对于UCI的比特数大于11,步骤1024中上行功率调整值的计算,可以通过以下公式实现:For the UCI bit number greater than 11, the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1024 can be implemented by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000139
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000139
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE 为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000140
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000141
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数,p(N RE)可以为线性函数,也可以为非线性函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000140
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000141
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function related to the polar coding gain, and p(N RE ) may be a linear function or a nonlinear function.
可选地,所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示;Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers;
当所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关时,所述k的取值范围包括:When the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, the value range of the k includes:
当所述第三PUCCH格式在未开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于5,且小于或者等于7;When the third PUCCH format is not enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 5, and is less than or equal to 7;
当所述第三PUCCH格式在开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于5;When the third PUCCH format is enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
或者,当所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于7。Or, when the value of the k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
该实施方式中,对于k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关的情况,举例如下:In this embodiment, for the case where the value of k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, an example is as follows:
例如,假设基站指示移动通信终端使用未开启跳频的PUCCH format 2进行上行反馈,需要反馈的UCI的比特数为5,PUCCH format 2占用的符号数为2,占用的PRB个数为4,即PUCCH format 2占用的带宽
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000142
For example, if the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to perform uplink feedback using the PUCCH format 2 that does not enable frequency hopping, the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 5, the number of symbols occupied by PUCCH format 2 is 2, and the number of occupied PRBs is 4, that is, The bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 2
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000142
则移动通信终端可以根据公式
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000143
计算未开启跳频的PUCCH format 2对应的功率调整值,O UCI=5,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000144
当k的取值为6.64时,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000145
Then the mobile communication terminal can be based on the formula
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000143
Calculate the power adjustment value corresponding to PUCCH format 2 without frequency hopping, O UCI =5,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000144
When the value of k is 6.64,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000145
又例如,假设基站指示移动通信终端使用开启跳频的PUCCH format 2进行上行反馈,需要反馈的UCI的比特数为5,PUCCH format 2占用的符号数为2,占用的PRB个数为4,即PUCCH format 2占用的带宽
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000146
For example, if the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to perform uplink feedback using the PUCCH format 2 with the frequency hopping enabled, the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 5, the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH format 2 is 2, and the number of occupied PRBs is 4, that is, The bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 2
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000146
则移动通信终端可以根据公式
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000147
计算开启跳频的PUCCH format 2对应的功率调整值,O UCI=5,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000148
当k的取值为4时,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000149
Then the mobile communication terminal can be based on the formula
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000147
Calculate the power adjustment value corresponding to PUCCH format 2 with frequency hopping enabled, O UCI =5,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000148
When the value of k is 4,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000149
该实施方式中,对于k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关的情况,例如,无论PUCCH format 2是否开启跳频,k都是同一个预设值,假设k预设为5.3472。In this embodiment, for the case that the value of k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, for example, regardless of whether the PUCCH format 2 is enabled for frequency hopping, k is the same preset value, assuming k preset Is 5.3472.
假设基站指示移动通信终端使用PUCCH format 2进行上行反馈,需要反馈的UCI的比特数为8,PUCCH format 2占用的符号数为2,占用的PRB个数为2,即PUCCH format 2占用的带宽
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000150
It is assumed that the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to perform uplink feedback using the PUCCH format 2, the number of bits of the UCI to be fed back is 8, the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH format 2 is 2, and the number of occupied PRBs is 2, that is, the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH format 2.
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000150
则移动通信终端可以根据公式
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000151
计算PUCCH format 2对应的功率调整值, OUCI=8
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000152
无论是否开启跳频,k的取值为5.3472,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000153
Then the mobile communication terminal can be based on the formula
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000151
Calculate the power adjustment value corresponding to PUCCH format 2, OUCI=8 ,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000152
Whether or not the frequency hopping is enabled, the value of k is 5.3472.
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000153
可见,本公开实施例对上行功率的控制与NR中PUCCH format 2相适应,从而保证了NR中PUCCH format 2的传输性能。It can be seen that the control of the uplink power in the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the PUCCH format 2 in the NR, thereby ensuring the transmission performance of the PUCCH format 2 in the NR.
请参考图6,图6为本公开实施例提供的另一种上行功率控制方法的流程图,如图6所示,一种上行功率控制方法,所述方法包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 6. FIG. 6 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 6, an uplink power control method includes the following steps:
步骤1015、获取第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数。Step 1015: Obtain a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, and a number of REs that carry the UCI.
本公开实施例适应于第四PUCCH格式,其中,第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式,且第四PUCCH格式可以包括支持用户复用和不支持用户复用两种PUCCH格式。可以理解地,第四PUCCH格式包括上述NR中五种PUCCH格式中的PUCCH format 3和PUCCH format 4。The embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the fourth PUCCH format, where the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and the fourth PUCCH format may include two PUCCH formats that support user multiplexing and do not support user multiplexing. It can be understood that the fourth PUCCH format includes PUCCH format 3 and PUCCH format 4 in the five PUCCH formats in the above NR.
该步骤中,移动通信终端可以获取第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载UCI的RE的个数。In this step, the mobile communication terminal can acquire the number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format and the number of REs carrying the UCI.
步骤1025、根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。Step 1025: Calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement uplink power control.
该步骤中,移动通信终端可以根据步骤1015中获取的UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算上行功率调整值。其中,UCI的比特数可以大于2且小于等于11,UCI的比特数也可以大于11。In this step, the mobile communication terminal may calculate the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI acquired in step 1015 and the number of the REs. The number of bits of the UCI may be greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, and the number of bits of the UCI may also be greater than 11.
至于如何通过上行功率调整值实现上行功率的控制,可以参照图1所示的公开实施例中的相关描述,为避免重复,对此不作赘述。For the control of the uplink power by using the uplink power adjustment value, reference may be made to the related description in the disclosed embodiment shown in FIG. 1. To avoid repetition, no further details are provided herein.
具体的,对于UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,步骤1025中上行功率调整值的计算,可以通过以下公式实现:Specifically, for the UCI, the number of bits is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, and the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1025 can be implemented by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000154
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000154
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000155
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000156
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000157
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000155
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000156
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000157
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, k is a preset value.
对于UCI的比特数大于11,步骤1024中上行功率调整值的计算,可以通过以下公式实现:For the UCI bit number greater than 11, the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1024 can be implemented by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000158
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000158
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000159
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000160
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000161
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数,p(N RE)可以为线性函数,也可以为非线性函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000159
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000160
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000161
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function related to the polar coding gain, and p(N RE ) may be a linear function or a nonlinear function.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
例如,假设基站指示移动通信终端使用PUCCH format 4进行上行反馈,需要反馈的UCI的比特数为30,PUCCH format 4占用的符号数为14,其中,DMRS占用的符号数为2,占用的PRB个数为1,即PUCCH format 4占用的带宽
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000162
For example, if the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to use the PUCCH format 4 for uplink feedback, the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 30, and the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH format 4 is 14, wherein the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS is 2, and the number of occupied PRBs is The number is 1, which is the bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 4.
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000162
则移动通信终端可以根据公式
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000163
计算PUCCH format 4对应的功率调整值,O UCI=30,N RE=12*12=144,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)=10log 10(30*2 -p(144)),假设当p(144)=1.25*144=180时,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)=-530.1dB。
Then the mobile communication terminal can be based on the formula
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000163
Calculate the power adjustment value corresponding to PUCCH format 4, O UCI = 30, N RE = 12 * 12 = 144, Δ PUCCH_TF, c (i) = 10 log 10 (30 * 2 - p (144) ), assuming p (144) ) = 1.25 * 144 = 180, Δ PUCCH_TF, c (i) = -530.1 dB.
可见,本公开实施例对上行功率的控制与NR中PUCCH format 3和PUCCH format 4相适应,从而保证了NR中PUCCH format 3和PUCCH format4的传输性能。It can be seen that the control of the uplink power in the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the PUCCH format 3 and the PUCCH format 4 in the NR, thereby ensuring the transmission performance of the PUCCH format 3 and the PUCCH format 4 in the NR.
请参考图7,图7为本公开实施例提供的另一种上行功率控制方法的流程图,如图7所示,一种上行功率控制方法,所述方法包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 7. FIG. 7 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 7, an uplink power control method includes the following steps:
步骤1016、获取第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数。Step 1016: Obtain a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format.
本公开实施例适应于第四PUCCH格式。Embodiments of the present disclosure are adapted to a fourth PUCCH format.
该步骤中,移动通信终端可以获取第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载UCI的RE的个数,以及第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数。In this step, the mobile communication terminal can acquire the number of UCI bits corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, the number of REs carrying the UCI, and the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the fourth PUCCH format.
其中,上述跳频配置参数为用于将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,上述跳频配置参数为用于将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数。跳频配置参数可以通过高层配置。The frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to enable frequency hopping, or the frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to not enable frequency hopping. The frequency hopping configuration parameters can be configured through the upper layer.
步骤1026、根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。Step 1026: Calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format to implement uplink power control.
该步骤中,移动通信终端可以根据步骤1016中获取的UCI的比特数、RE的个数以及第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算上行功率调整值。其中,UCI的比特数可以大于2且小于等于11,UCI的比特数也可以大于11。In this step, the mobile communication terminal may calculate the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameters of the fourth PUCCH format acquired in step 1016. The number of bits of the UCI may be greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, and the number of bits of the UCI may also be greater than 11.
至于如何通过上行功率调整值实现上行功率的控制,可以参照图1所示的公开实施例中的相关描述,为避免重复,对此不作赘述。For the control of the uplink power by using the uplink power adjustment value, reference may be made to the related description in the disclosed embodiment shown in FIG. 1. To avoid repetition, no further details are provided herein.
具体的,对于UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,步骤1026中上行功率调整值的计算,可以通过以下公式实现:Specifically, for the number of bits of the UCI being greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1026 can be implemented by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000164
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000164
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000165
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000166
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000167
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值,所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关,或者,所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000165
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000166
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000167
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, k is a preset value, and the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first The frequency hopping configuration parameters of the four PUCCH formats are irrelevant.
对于UCI的比特数大于11,步骤1026中上行功率调整值的计算,可以通过以下公式实现:For the UCI bit number greater than 11, the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1026 can be implemented by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000168
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000168
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000169
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000170
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000171
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数,p(N RE)可以为线性函数,也可以为非线性函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000169
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000170
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000171
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function related to the polar coding gain, and p(N RE ) may be a linear function or a nonlinear function.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示;Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers;
当所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关时,所述k的取值范围包括:When the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, the value range of the k includes:
当所述第四PUCCH格式在未开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于7,且小于或者等于9;When the fourth PUCCH format is not enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 7, and less than or equal to 9;
当所述第四PUCCH格式在开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于5;When the fourth PUCCH format is enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
或者,当所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Or, when the value of the k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
该实施方式中,对于k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关的情况,举例如下:In this embodiment, for the case where the value of k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, an example is as follows:
例如,假设基站指示移动通信终端使用未开启跳频的PUCCH format 3进行上行反馈,需要反馈的UCI的比特数为10,PUCCH format 3占用的符号数为14,其中,DMRS占用的符号数为2,占用的PRB个数为1,即PUCCH format 3占用的带宽
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000172
For example, if the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to perform uplink feedback using the PUCCH format 3 that does not enable frequency hopping, the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 10, and the number of symbols occupied by PUCCH format 3 is 14, wherein the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS is 2. The number of occupied PRBs is 1, that is, the bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 3.
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000172
则移动通信终端可以根据公式
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000173
计算未开启跳频的PUCCH format 3对应的功率调整值,O UCI=10,N RE=12*12=144,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000174
当k的取值为7.8时,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)=-2.6627dB。
Then the mobile communication terminal can be based on the formula
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000173
Calculate the power adjustment value corresponding to PUCCH format 3 with no frequency hopping enabled, O UCI =10, N RE =12*12=144,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000174
When the value of k is 7.8, Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i)=-2.6627 dB.
又例如,假设基站指示移动通信终端使用开启跳频的PUCCH format 3进行上行反馈,需要反馈的UCI的比特数为10,PUCCH format 3占用的符号数为14,其中,DMRS占用的符号数为2,占用的PRB个数为1,即PUCCH format 3占用的带宽
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000175
For example, if the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to use the PUCCH format 3 with the frequency hopping enabled for uplink feedback, the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 10, and the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH format 3 is 14, wherein the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS is 2. The number of occupied PRBs is 1, that is, the bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 3.
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000175
则移动通信终端可以根据公式
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000176
计算开启跳频 的PUCCH format 3对应的功率调整值,O UCI=10,N RE=12*12=144,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000177
当k的取值为3.4时,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)=-6.2688dB。
Then the mobile communication terminal can be based on the formula
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000176
Calculate the power adjustment value corresponding to PUCCH format 3 with frequency hopping enabled, O UCI =10, N RE =12*12=144,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000177
When the value of k is 3.4, Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i)=-6.2688 dB.
又例如,假设基站指示移动通信终端使用PUCCH format 4进行上行反馈,需要反馈的UCI的比特数为30,PUCCH format 4占用的符号数为14,其中,DMRS占用的符号数为2,占用的PRB个数为1,即PUCCH format 4占用的带宽
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000178
For example, if the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to use the PUCCH format 4 for uplink feedback, the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 30, and the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH format 4 is 14, wherein the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS is 2, and the occupied PRB The number is 1, which is the bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 4.
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000178
则移动通信终端可以根据公式
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000179
计算PUCCH format 4对应的功率调整值,O UCI=30,N RE=12*12=144,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)=10log 10(30*2 -p(144)),假设当p(144)=1.25*144=180时,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)=-530.1dB。
Then the mobile communication terminal can be based on the formula
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000179
Calculate the power adjustment value corresponding to PUCCH format 4, O UCI = 30, N RE = 12 * 12 = 144, Δ PUCCH_TF, c (i) = 10 log 10 (30 * 2 - p (144) ), assuming p (144) ) = 1.25 * 144 = 180, Δ PUCCH_TF, c (i) = -530.1 dB.
对于k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关的情况,例如,无论PUCCH format 3是否开启跳频,k都是同一个预设值,假设k预设为4.4785。For the case where the value of k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, for example, regardless of whether the PUCCH format 3 is enabled for frequency hopping, k is the same preset value, assuming k is preset to 4.4785.
假设基站指示移动通信终端使用的PUCCH format 3进行上行反馈,需要反馈的UCI的比特数为10,PUCCH format 3占用的符号数为14,其中,DMRS占用的符号数为2,占用的PRB个数为1,即PUCCH format 3占用的带宽
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000180
Assuming that the base station instructs the PUCCH format 3 used by the mobile communication terminal to perform uplink feedback, the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 10, and the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH format 3 is 14, wherein the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS is 2, and the number of occupied PRBs is 1 is the bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 3
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000180
则移动通信终端可以根据公式
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000181
计算PUCCH format 3对应的功率调整值,O UCI=10,N RE=12*12=144,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000182
无论是否开启跳频,k的取值都为4.4785,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)=-5.0723dB。
Then the mobile communication terminal can be based on the formula
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000181
Calculate the power adjustment value corresponding to PUCCH format 3, O UCI =10, N RE =12*12=144,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000182
Regardless of whether frequency hopping is enabled, the value of k is 4.4785, Δ PUCCH_TF, c (i) = -5.0723 dB.
可见,本公开实施例对上行功率的控制与NR中PUCCH format 3和PUCCH format 4相适应,从而保证了NR中PUCCH format 3和PUCCH format4的传输性能。It can be seen that the control of the uplink power in the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the PUCCH format 3 and the PUCCH format 4 in the NR, thereby ensuring the transmission performance of the PUCCH format 3 and the PUCCH format 4 in the NR.
请参考图8,图8为本公开实施例提供的另一种上行功率控制方法的流程图,如图8所示,一种上行功率控制方法,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式或第四PUCCH格式;其中,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;所述方法包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 8. FIG. 8 is a flowchart of another uplink power control method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 8, an uplink power control method is used. The uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format or a fourth PUCCH format, where the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more; the method includes the following steps:
步骤1017、获取PUCCH对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数。Step 1017: Obtain the number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the PUCCH, and the number of REs carrying the UCI.
本公开实施例既适应于第三PUCCH格式,也适应于第四PUCCH格式。Embodiments of the present disclosure are applicable to both the third PUCCH format and the fourth PUCCH format.
该步骤中,移动通信终端可以获取PUCCH对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载UCI的RE的个数。In this step, the mobile communication terminal can acquire the number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the PUCCH and the number of REs carrying the UCI.
步骤1027、根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值。Step 1027: Calculate the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
该步骤中,移动通信终端可以根据步骤1017中获取的UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算上行功率调整值。其中,UCI的比特数可以大于2且小于等于11,UCI的比特数也可以大于11。In this step, the mobile communication terminal may calculate the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI acquired in step 1017 and the number of the REs. The number of bits of the UCI may be greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, and the number of bits of the UCI may also be greater than 11.
至于如何通过上行功率调整值实现上行功率的控制,可以参照图1所示的公开实施例中的相关描述,为避免重复,对此不作赘述。For the control of the uplink power by using the uplink power adjustment value, reference may be made to the related description in the disclosed embodiment shown in FIG. 1. To avoid repetition, no further details are provided herein.
具体的,对于UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,步骤1027中上行功率调整值的计算,可以通过以下公式实现:Specifically, for the number of bits of the UCI being greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the calculation of the uplink power adjustment value in step 1027 can be implemented by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000183
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000183
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数; Where Δ PUCCH_TF, c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the RE;
其中,当PUCCH为第三PUCCH格式时,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000184
当PUCCH为第四PUCCH格式时,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000185
为所述PUCCH占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000186
为所述PUCCH中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000187
为所述PUCCH占用的带宽,k为一预设值。
Wherein, when the PUCCH is in the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000184
When the PUCCH is in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000185
The number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000186
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the PUCCH,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000187
For the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH, k is a preset value.
本公开实施例中,不论PUCCH格式为第三PUCCH格式还是第四PUCCH格式,其k的取值相同。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, whether the PUCCH format is the third PUCCH format or the fourth PUCCH format, the values of k are the same.
可选地,所述PUCCH占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
例如,为PUCCH format 2、PUCCH format 3和PUCCH format 4,都预设了唯一的一个k的值,假设预设为5.1286。For example, for PUCCH format 2, PUCCH format 3, and PUCCH format 4, a unique value of k is preset, assuming a preset of 5.1286.
假设基站指示移动通信终端使用PUCCH format 2进行上行反馈,需要反 馈的UCI的比特数为5,PUCCH format 2占用的符号数为2,占用的PRB个数为2,即PUCCH format 2占用的带宽
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000188
It is assumed that the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to perform uplink feedback using PUCCH format 2, the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 5, the number of symbols occupied by PUCCH format 2 is 2, and the number of occupied PRBs is 2, that is, the bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 2
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000188
则移动通信终端可以根据公式
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000189
计算PUCCH format 2对应的功率调整值, OUCI=6
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000190
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000191
Then the mobile communication terminal can be based on the formula
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000189
Calculate the power adjustment value corresponding to PUCCH format 2, OUCI=6 ,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000190
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000191
同样,假设基站指示移动通信终端使用PUCCH format 3进行上行反馈,需要反馈的UCI的比特数为10,PUCCH format 3占用的符号数为14,其中,DMRS占用的符号数为2,占用的PRB个数为1,即PUCCH format 3占用的带宽
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000192
Similarly, assuming that the base station instructs the mobile communication terminal to use the PUCCH format 3 for uplink feedback, the number of UCI bits to be fed back is 10, and the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH format 3 is 14, wherein the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS is 2, and the number of occupied PRBs is The number is 1, which is the bandwidth occupied by PUCCH format 3.
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000192
则移动通信终端可以根据公式
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000193
计算PUCCH format 3对应的功率调整值,O UCI=10,N RE=12*12=144,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000194
Then the mobile communication terminal can be based on the formula
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000193
Calculate the power adjustment value corresponding to PUCCH format 3, O UCI =10, N RE =12*12=144,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000194
可见,本公开实施例对上行功率的控制与NR中PUCCH format 2、PUCCH format 3和PUCCH format 4相适应,从而保证了NR中PUCCH format 2、PUCCH format 3和PUCCH format 4的传输性能。It can be seen that the control of the uplink power in the embodiment of the present disclosure is adapted to the PUCCH format 2, the PUCCH format 3 and the PUCCH format 4 in the NR, thereby ensuring the transmission performance of the PUCCH format 2, the PUCCH format 3 and the PUCCH format 4 in the NR.
请参见图9,图9为本公开实施例提供的一种移动通信终端的结构示意图,如图9所示,移动通信终端200包括:Referring to FIG. 9, FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile communication terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 9, the mobile communication terminal 200 includes:
获取模块201,用于获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数;The obtaining module 201 is configured to obtain an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to the uplink channel format.
计算模块202,用于根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The calculation module 202 is configured to calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter to implement uplink power control.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第一PUCCH格式,所述第一PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的短PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a first PUCCH format, and the first PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
所述获取模块201具体用于:The obtaining module 201 is specifically configured to:
获取所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数;Obtaining the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format;
所述计算模块202具体用于:The calculation module 202 is specifically configured to:
根据所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。And calculating, according to the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, the uplink power adjustment value to implement uplink power control.
可选地,所述计算模块202具体用于:Optionally, the calculating module 202 is specifically configured to:
通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;Calculating the uplink power adjustment value by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000195
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000195
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000196
为所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,N ref为所述第一PUCCH格式对应的参考系数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000196
For the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the first PUCCH format.
可选地,所述N ref的值为预设值或者为高层信令配置的值。 Optionally, the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第二PUCCH格式,所述第二PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a second PUCCH format, and the second PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
所述获取模块201具体用于:The obtaining module 201 is specifically configured to:
获取所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中解调参考信号DMRS占有的符号数;Obtaining, by the second PUCCH format, the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format, and the number of symbols occupied by the demodulation reference signal DMRS in the second PUCCH format;
所述计算模块202具体用于:The calculation module 202 is specifically configured to:
根据所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format to implement uplink power control.
可选地,所述计算模块202具体用于:Optionally, the calculating module 202 is specifically configured to:
通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;Calculating the uplink power adjustment value by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000197
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000197
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000198
为所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000199
为所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,N ref为所述第二PUCCH格式对应的参考系数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000198
The number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000199
For the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format, N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the second PUCCH format.
可选地,所述N ref的值为预设值或者为高层信令配置的值。 Optionally, the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述获取模块201具体用于:The obtaining module 201 is specifically configured to:
获取所述第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, and a number of REs carrying the UCI;
所述计算模块202具体用于:The calculation module 202 is specifically configured to:
根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
可选地,所述计算模块202具体用于:Optionally, the calculating module 202 is specifically configured to:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000200
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000200
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000201
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000202
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000201
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000202
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000203
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000203
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000204
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000205
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000204
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000205
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于7。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述获取模块201具体用于:The obtaining module 201 is specifically configured to:
获取所述第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数;所述跳频配置参数为用于将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,所述跳频配置参数为用于将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format; the frequency hopping configuration parameter is configured to configure the PUCCH to The parameter of the frequency hopping is turned on, or the frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to not enable frequency hopping;
所述计算模块202具体用于:The calculation module 202 is specifically configured to:
根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format.
可选地,所述计算模块202具体用于:Optionally, the calculating module 202 is specifically configured to:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000206
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000206
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000207
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000208
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值,所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关,或者,所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000207
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000208
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value, the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first The frequency hopping configuration parameters of the three PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000209
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000209
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000210
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000211
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000210
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000211
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示;Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers;
当所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关时,所述k的取值范围包括:When the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, the value range of the k includes:
当所述第三PUCCH格式在未开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于5,且小于或者等于7;When the third PUCCH format is not enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 5, and is less than or equal to 7;
当所述第三PUCCH格式在开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于5;When the third PUCCH format is enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
或者,当所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于7。Or, when the value of the k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第四PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述获取模块201具体用于:The obtaining module 201 is specifically configured to:
获取所述第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, and a number of REs carrying the UCI;
所述计算模块202具体用于:The calculation module 202 is specifically configured to:
根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值, 以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
可选地,所述计算模块202具体用于:Optionally, the calculating module 202 is specifically configured to:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000212
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000212
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000213
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000214
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000215
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000213
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000214
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000215
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, k is a preset value;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000216
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000216
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000217
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000218
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000219
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000217
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000218
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000219
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第四PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述获取模块201具体用于:The obtaining module 201 is specifically configured to:
获取所述第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数;所述跳频配置参数为用于将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,所述跳频配置参数为用于将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format; the frequency hopping configuration parameter is configured to configure the PUCCH to The parameter of the frequency hopping is turned on, or the frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to not enable frequency hopping;
所述计算模块202具体用于:The calculation module 202 is specifically configured to:
根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format.
可选地,所述计算模块202具体用于:Optionally, the calculating module 202 is specifically configured to:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000220
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000220
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000221
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000222
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000223
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值,所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关,或者,所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000221
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000222
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000223
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, k is a preset value, and the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first The frequency hopping configuration parameters of the four PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000224
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000224
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000225
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000226
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000227
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000225
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000226
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000227
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示;Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers;
当所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关时,所述k的取值范围包括:When the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, the value range of the k includes:
当所述第四PUCCH格式在未开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于7,且小于或者等于9;When the fourth PUCCH format is not enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 7, and less than or equal to 9;
当所述第四PUCCH格式在开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于5;When the fourth PUCCH format is enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
或者,当所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Or, when the value of the k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式包括支持用户复用和不支持用户复用两种PUCCH格式。Optionally, the fourth PUCCH format includes two PUCCH formats that support user multiplexing and do not support user multiplexing.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式或第四PUCCH格式;其 中,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format or a fourth PUCCH format, where the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH of 2 bits or more. format;
所述获取模块201具体用于:The obtaining module 201 is specifically configured to:
获取PUCCH对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining, by the number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the PUCCH, and the number of REs carrying the UCI;
所述计算模块202具体用于:The calculation module 202 is specifically configured to:
根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
可选地,所述计算模块202具体用于:Optionally, the calculating module 202 is specifically configured to:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000228
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000228
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数; Where Δ PUCCH_TF, c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the RE;
其中,当PUCCH为第三PUCCH格式时,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000229
当PUCCH为第四PUCCH格式时,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000230
为所述PUCCH占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000231
为所述PUCCH中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000232
为所述PUCCH占用的带宽,k为一预设值。
Wherein, when the PUCCH is in the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000229
When the PUCCH is in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000230
The number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000231
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the PUCCH,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000232
For the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH, k is a preset value.
可选地,所述PUCCH占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
需要说明的是,本实施例中上述移动通信终端200可以是本公开实施例中方法实施例中任意实施方式的移动通信终端,本公开实施例中方法实施例中移动通信终端的任意实施方式都可以被本实施例中的上述移动通信终端200所实现,以及达到相同的有益效果,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that, in the embodiment, the mobile communication terminal 200 may be a mobile communication terminal in any of the embodiments of the method in the embodiment of the disclosure, and any implementation manner of the mobile communication terminal in the method embodiment in the embodiment of the disclosure may be used. It is implemented by the above mobile communication terminal 200 in this embodiment, and achieves the same beneficial effects, and details are not described herein again.
请参考图10,图10是本公开实施提供的另一种移动通信终端的结构示意图,如图10所示,该移动通信终端包括:处理器300、存储器310和总线接口。Please refer to FIG. 10. FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another mobile communication terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 10, the mobile communication terminal includes: a processor 300, a memory 310, and a bus interface.
其中,处理器300,用于读取存储器310中的程序,执行下列过程:The processor 300 is configured to read a program in the memory 310 and perform the following process:
获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数;Obtaining an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format;
根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。And determining, according to the uplink transmission parameter, an uplink power adjustment value to implement uplink power control.
在图10中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器300代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器310代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如***设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。In FIG. 10, the bus architecture can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 300 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 310. The bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein. The bus interface provides an interface.
处理器300负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器310可以存储处理器300在执行操作时所使用的数据。The processor 300 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 310 can store data used by the processor 300 in performing operations.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第一PUCCH格式,所述第一PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的短PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a first PUCCH format, and the first PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
处理器300执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor 300 also implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
获取所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数;Obtaining the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format;
根据所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。And calculating, according to the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, the uplink power adjustment value to implement uplink power control.
可选地,处理器300执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:Optionally, when the processor 300 executes the computer program, the following steps are further implemented:
通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;Calculating the uplink power adjustment value by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000233
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000233
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000234
为所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,N ref为所述第一PUCCH格式对应的参考系数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000234
For the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the first PUCCH format.
可选地,所述N ref的值为预设值或者为高层信令配置的值。 Optionally, the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第二PUCCH格式,所述第二PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a second PUCCH format, and the second PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
处理器300执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor 300 also implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
获取所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中解调参考信号DMRS占有的符号数;Obtaining, by the second PUCCH format, the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format, and the number of symbols occupied by the demodulation reference signal DMRS in the second PUCCH format;
根据所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format to implement uplink power control.
可选地,处理器300执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:Optionally, when the processor 300 executes the computer program, the following steps are further implemented:
通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;Calculating the uplink power adjustment value by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000235
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000235
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000236
为所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000237
为所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,N ref为所述第二PUCCH格式对应的参考系数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000236
The number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000237
For the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format, N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the second PUCCH format.
可选地,所述N ref的值为预设值或者为高层信令配置的值。 Optionally, the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
处理器300执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor 300 also implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
获取所述第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, and a number of REs carrying the UCI;
根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
可选地,处理器300执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:Optionally, when the processor 300 executes the computer program, the following steps are further implemented:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000238
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000238
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000239
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000240
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000239
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000240
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000241
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000241
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000242
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000243
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000242
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000243
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于7。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
所述处理器300执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor 300 also implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
获取所述第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数;所述跳频配置参数包括:将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format; the frequency hopping configuration parameter includes: configuring PUCCH to be enabled The parameter of the frequency hopping, or the PUCCH is configured as a parameter that does not enable frequency hopping;
根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format.
可选地,所述处理器300执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:Optionally, when the processor 300 executes the computer program, the following steps are further implemented:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000244
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000244
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000245
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000246
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值,所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关,或者,所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000245
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000246
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value, the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first The frequency hopping configuration parameters of the three PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000247
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000247
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000248
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000249
为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000248
The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000249
For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示;Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers;
当所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关时,所述k的取值范围包括:When the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, the value range of the k includes:
当所述第三PUCCH格式在未开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者 等于5,且小于或者等于7;When the third PUCCH format is not enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 5, and is less than or equal to 7;
当所述第三PUCCH格式在开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于5;When the third PUCCH format is enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
或者,当所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于7。Or, when the value of the k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第四PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
处理器300执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor 300 also implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
获取所述第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, and a number of REs carrying the UCI;
根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
可选地,处理器300执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:Optionally, when the processor 300 executes the computer program, the following steps are further implemented:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000250
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000250
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000251
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000252
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000253
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000251
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000252
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000253
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, k is a preset value;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000254
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000254
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000255
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000256
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000257
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000255
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000256
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000257
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所 述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第四PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
处理器300执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor 300 also implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
获取所述第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数;所述跳频配置参数包括:将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format; the frequency hopping configuration parameter includes: configuring PUCCH to be enabled The parameter of the frequency hopping, or the PUCCH is configured as a parameter that does not enable frequency hopping;
根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format.
可选地,处理器300执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:Optionally, when the processor 300 executes the computer program, the following steps are further implemented:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000258
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000258
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000259
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000260
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000261
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值,所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关,或者,所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关;
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000259
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000260
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000261
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, k is a preset value, and the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first The frequency hopping configuration parameters of the four PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000262
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000262
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000263
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000264
为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000265
为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000263
The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000264
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000265
For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示;Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers;
当所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关时,所述k 的取值范围包括:When the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, the value range of the k includes:
当所述第四PUCCH格式在未开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于7,且小于或者等于9;When the fourth PUCCH format is not enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 7, and less than or equal to 9;
当所述第四PUCCH格式在开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于5;When the fourth PUCCH format is enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
或者,当所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Or, when the value of the k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
可选地,所述第四PUCCH格式包括支持用户复用和不支持用户复用两种PUCCH格式。Optionally, the fourth PUCCH format includes two PUCCH formats that support user multiplexing and do not support user multiplexing.
可选地,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式或第四PUCCH格式;其中,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;Optionally, the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format or a fourth PUCCH format, where the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH of 2 bits or more. format;
处理器300执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor 300 also implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
获取PUCCH对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining, by the number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the PUCCH, and the number of REs carrying the UCI;
根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
可选地,处理器300执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:Optionally, when the processor 300 executes the computer program, the following steps are further implemented:
若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000266
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000266
其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数; Where Δ PUCCH_TF, c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the RE;
其中,当PUCCH为第三PUCCH格式时,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000267
当PUCCH为第四PUCCH格式时,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000268
为所述PUCCH占用的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000269
为所述PUCCH中DMRS占有的符号数,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000270
为所述PUCCH占用的带宽,k为一预设值。
Wherein, when the PUCCH is in the third PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000267
When the PUCCH is in the fourth PUCCH format,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000268
The number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000269
The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the PUCCH,
Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-000270
For the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH, k is a preset value.
可选地,所述PUCCH占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Optionally, the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
在本公开实施例中,所涉及到的设备包括发送设备(即基站)和接收设 备(即移动通信终端),发送设备与接入该发送设备的接收设备之间可以进行下行传输和上行接收。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the device involved includes a sending device (ie, a base station) and a receiving device (ie, a mobile communication terminal), and the transmitting device and the receiving device accessing the transmitting device can perform downlink transmission and uplink receiving.
其中,基站可以是现有设备中的基站或其他类型传输点设备,终端可以是用户设备。当然不也限于上述两种设备,比如基站也可以是能够实现对其他终端进行配置操作的终端。也可以认为一个基站包含多个网络站点。网络节点可以只包括射频(如射频拉远单元(Remote Radio Unit,RRU))或者包括基带和射频两部分(如有源天线(Active antenna))。网络节点可以只包括基带(如基带单元(Baseband Unit,BBU));也可以完全不包括任何空口层的数字/射频功能,只负责高层信号处理,把空口层的基带处理都放到有源天线。也存在其他多种网络实现可能。The base station may be a base station or other type of transmission point device in the existing device, and the terminal may be a user equipment. Of course, it is not limited to the above two types of devices. For example, the base station may also be a terminal that can perform configuration operations on other terminals. A base station can also be considered to contain multiple network sites. The network node may include only a radio frequency (such as a Radio Radio Unit (RRU)) or a baseband and radio frequency (such as an active antenna). The network node may only include a baseband (such as a baseband unit (BBU)); it may also not include any digital/radio functions of the air interface layer, and is only responsible for high-level signal processing, and the baseband processing of the air interface layer is placed on the active antenna. . There are also many other network implementation possibilities.
移动通信终端也可称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE),或者可称之为Terminal、移动台(Mobile Station,MS)、移动终端(Mobile Terminal)等,该终端可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,例如,移动通信终端可以是移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)、具有移动终端的计算机等,例如,移动通信终端还可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语音和/或数据。本公开实施例中的移动通信终端还可以是设备与设备(Device to Device,D2D)终端或者机器与机器(Machine to Machine,M2M)终端。在本公开的实施例中对基站和移动通信终端不作具体限定。The mobile communication terminal may also be referred to as a user equipment (User Equipment, UE), or may be called a Terminal, a mobile station (Mobile Station, MS), a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), etc., and the terminal may be via a radio access network (Radio). The Access Network (RAN) communicates with one or more core networks. For example, the mobile communication terminal may be a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone), a computer with a mobile terminal, etc., for example, the mobile communication terminal may also be portable. , pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange voice and/or data with a wireless access network. The mobile communication terminal in the embodiment of the present disclosure may also be a Device to Device (D2D) terminal or a Machine to Machine (M2M) terminal. The base station and the mobile communication terminal are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
本公开实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时可以实现本公开实施例提供的应用于移动通信终端的所述的上行功率控制方法中的步骤。The embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a computer readable storage medium, where the computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by the processor, the uplink power control applied to the mobile communication terminal provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure may be implemented. The steps in the method.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露方法和装置,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个***,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed method and apparatus may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
另外,在本公开各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理包括,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用硬件加软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in various embodiments of the present disclosure may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may be physically included separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of hardware plus software functional units.
上述以软件功能单元的形式实现的集成的单元,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。上述软件功能单元存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本公开各个实施例所述收发方法的部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The above-described integrated unit implemented in the form of a software functional unit can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. The above software functional unit is stored in a storage medium and includes a plurality of instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform part of the steps of the transceiving method of the various embodiments of the present disclosure. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
以上所述是本公开的优选实施方式,应当指出,对于本技术领域的普通技术人员来说,在不脱离本公开所述原理的前提下,还可以作出若干改进和润饰,这些改进和润饰也应视为本公开的保护范围。The above is a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, and it should be noted that those skilled in the art can also make several improvements and refinements without departing from the principles of the present disclosure. It should be considered as the scope of protection of this disclosure.

Claims (54)

  1. 一种上行功率控制方法,包括:An uplink power control method includes:
    获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数;Obtaining an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format;
    根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。And determining, according to the uplink transmission parameter, an uplink power adjustment value to implement uplink power control.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述上行信道格式为第一物理上行链路控制信道PUCCH格式,第一PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的短PUCCH格式;The method according to claim 1, wherein the uplink channel format is a first physical uplink control channel PUCCH format, and the first PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
    所述获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数的步骤,包括:The step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
    获取所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数;Obtaining the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format;
    所述根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
    根据所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值。And calculating, according to the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, the uplink power adjustment value.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述根据所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The method of claim 2, wherein the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format comprises:
    通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;Calculating the uplink power adjustment value by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100001
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100001
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100002
    为所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,N ref为所述第一PUCCH格式对应的参考系数。
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100002
    For the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the first PUCCH format.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述N ref的值为预设值或者为高层信令配置的值。 The method according to claim 3, wherein the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述上行信道格式为第二PUCCH格式,所述第二PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的长PUCCH格式;The method according to claim 1, wherein the uplink channel format is a second PUCCH format, and the second PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
    所述获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数的步骤,包括:The step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
    获取所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中解调参考信号DMRS占有的符号数;Obtaining, by the second PUCCH format, the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format, and the number of symbols occupied by the demodulation reference signal DMRS in the second PUCCH format;
    所述根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
    根据所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值。And calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其中,所述根据所述第二PUCCH格式 占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format includes :
    通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;Calculating the uplink power adjustment value by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100003
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100003
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100004
    为所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100005
    为所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,N ref为所述第二PUCCH格式对应的参考系数。
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100004
    The number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100005
    For the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format, N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the second PUCCH format.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其中,所述N ref的值为预设值或者为高层信令配置的值。 The method according to claim 6, wherein the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;The method according to claim 1, wherein the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
    所述获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数的步骤,包括:The step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
    获取所述第三PUCCH格式对应的上行控制信号UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的资源元素RE的个数;Obtaining a number of bits of the uplink control signal UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, and a number of resource elements RE carrying the UCI;
    所述根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
    根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其中,所述根据所述UCI的比特数,以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The method of claim 8, wherein the calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs comprises:
    若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100006
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100006
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100007
    为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100008
    为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值;
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100007
    The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100008
    For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value;
    若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100009
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100009
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE 为所述RE的个数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100010
    为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100011
    为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为极化polar编码增益相关的函数。
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100010
    The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100011
    For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of polarization-polar coding gain correlation.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于7。The method according to claim 9, wherein the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
  11. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;The method according to claim 1, wherein the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
    所述获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数的步骤,包括:The step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
    获取所述第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数;所述跳频配置参数包括:将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format; the frequency hopping configuration parameter includes: configuring PUCCH to be enabled The parameter of the frequency hopping, or the PUCCH is configured as a parameter that does not enable frequency hopping;
    所述根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
    根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中,所述根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, include:
    若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100012
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100012
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100013
    为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100014
    为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值,所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关,或者,所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关;
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100013
    The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100014
    For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value, the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first The frequency hopping configuration parameters of the three PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
    若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100015
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100015
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100016
    为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100017
    为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100016
    The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100017
    For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其中,所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示;The method according to claim 12, wherein a bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by a number of subcarriers;
    当所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关时,所述k的取值范围包括:When the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, the value range of the k includes:
    当所述第三PUCCH格式在未开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于5,且小于或者等于7;When the third PUCCH format is not enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 5, and is less than or equal to 7;
    当所述第三PUCCH格式在开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于5;When the third PUCCH format is enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
    或者,当所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于7。Or, when the value of the k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
  14. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述上行信道格式为第四PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;The method according to claim 1, wherein the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
    所述获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数的步骤,包括:The step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
    获取所述第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, and a number of REs carrying the UCI;
    所述根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
    根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The method of claim 14, wherein the calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs comprises:
    若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100018
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100018
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE 为所述RE的个数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100019
    为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100020
    为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100021
    为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值;
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100019
    The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100020
    The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100021
    For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, k is a preset value;
    若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100022
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100022
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100023
    为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100024
    为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100025
    为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100023
    The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100024
    The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100025
    For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。The method according to claim 15, wherein the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  17. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述上行信道格式为第四PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;The method according to claim 1, wherein the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
    所述获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数的步骤,包括:The step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
    获取所述第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数;所述跳频配置参数包括:将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format; the frequency hopping configuration parameter includes: configuring PUCCH to be enabled The parameter of the frequency hopping, or the PUCCH is configured as a parameter that does not enable frequency hopping;
    所述根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
    根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中,所述根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The method according to claim 17, wherein the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, include:
    若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100026
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100026
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100027
    为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100028
    为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100029
    为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值,所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关,或者,所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关;
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100027
    The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100028
    The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100029
    For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, k is a preset value, and the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first The frequency hopping configuration parameters of the four PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
    若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100030
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100030
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100031
    为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100032
    为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100033
    为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100031
    The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100032
    The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100033
    For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中,所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示;The method according to claim 18, wherein the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers;
    当所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关时,所述k的取值范围包括:When the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, the value range of the k includes:
    当所述第四PUCCH格式在未开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于7,且小于或者等于9;When the fourth PUCCH format is not enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 7, and less than or equal to 9;
    当所述第四PUCCH格式在开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于5;When the fourth PUCCH format is enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
    或者,当所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Or, when the value of the k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  20. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述第四PUCCH格式包括支持用户复用和不支持用户复用两种PUCCH格式。The method of claim 14, wherein the fourth PUCCH format comprises two PUCCH formats that support user multiplexing and do not support user multiplexing.
  21. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式或第四PUCCH格式;其中,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;The method according to claim 1, wherein the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format or a fourth PUCCH format; wherein the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, and the fourth PUCCH format a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
    所述获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数的步骤,包括:The step of acquiring an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format includes:
    获取PUCCH对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining, by the number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the PUCCH, and the number of REs carrying the UCI;
    所述根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The step of calculating an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter includes:
    根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其中,所述根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值的步骤,包括:The method of claim 21, wherein the step of calculating the uplink power adjustment value according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs comprises:
    若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100034
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100034
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数; Where Δ PUCCH_TF, c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the RE;
    其中,当PUCCH为第三PUCCH格式时,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100035
    当PUCCH为第四PUCCH格式时,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100036
    为所述PUCCH占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100037
    为所述PUCCH中DMRS占有的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100038
    为所述PUCCH占用的带宽,k为一预设值。
    Wherein, when the PUCCH is in the third PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100035
    When the PUCCH is in the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100036
    The number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100037
    The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the PUCCH,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100038
    For the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH, k is a preset value.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其中,所述PUCCH占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。The method according to claim 22, wherein the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  24. 一种移动通信终端,包括:A mobile communication terminal includes:
    获取模块,用于获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数;An obtaining module, configured to acquire an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format;
    计算模块,用于根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The calculation module is configured to calculate an uplink power adjustment value according to the uplink transmission parameter to implement uplink power control.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述上行信道格式为第一PUCCH格式,第一PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的短PUCCH格式;The mobile communication terminal according to claim 24, wherein the uplink channel format is a first PUCCH format, and the first PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
    所述获取模块具体用于:The obtaining module is specifically configured to:
    获取所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数;Obtaining the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format;
    所述计算模块具体用于:The calculation module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值, 以实现上行功率的控制。And calculating, according to the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, the uplink power adjustment value to implement uplink power control.
  26. 根据权利要求24所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述上行信道格式为第二PUCCH格式,所述第二PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的长PUCCH格式;The mobile communication terminal according to claim 24, wherein the uplink channel format is a second PUCCH format, and the second PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
    所述获取模块具体用于:The obtaining module is specifically configured to:
    获取所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中解调参考信号DMRS占有的符号数;Obtaining, by the second PUCCH format, the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format, and the number of symbols occupied by the demodulation reference signal DMRS in the second PUCCH format;
    所述计算模块具体用于:The calculation module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format to implement uplink power control.
  27. 根据权利要求24所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;The mobile communication terminal according to claim 24, wherein the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
    所述获取模块具体用于:The obtaining module is specifically configured to:
    获取所述第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, and a number of REs carrying the UCI;
    所述计算模块具体用于:The calculation module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
  28. 根据权利要求24所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;The mobile communication terminal according to claim 24, wherein the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
    所述获取模块具体用于:The obtaining module is specifically configured to:
    获取所述第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数;所述跳频配置参数为用于将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,所述跳频配置参数为用于将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format; the frequency hopping configuration parameter is configured to configure the PUCCH to The parameter of the frequency hopping is turned on, or the frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to not enable frequency hopping;
    所述计算模块具体用于:The calculation module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format.
  29. 根据权利要求24所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述上行信道格式为 第四PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;The mobile communication terminal according to claim 24, wherein the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
    所述获取模块具体用于:The obtaining module is specifically configured to:
    获取所述第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, and a number of REs carrying the UCI;
    所述计算模块具体用于:The calculation module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
  30. 根据权利要求24所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述上行信道格式为第四PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;The mobile communication terminal according to claim 24, wherein the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
    所述获取模块具体用于:The obtaining module is specifically configured to:
    获取所述第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数;所述跳频配置参数为用于将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,所述跳频配置参数为用于将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format; the frequency hopping configuration parameter is configured to configure the PUCCH to The parameter of the frequency hopping is turned on, or the frequency hopping configuration parameter is a parameter used to configure the PUCCH to not enable frequency hopping;
    所述计算模块具体用于:The calculation module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format.
  31. 一种移动通信终端,包括存储器、处理器、收发机及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序;其中,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:A mobile communication terminal comprising a memory, a processor, a transceiver, and a computer program stored on the memory and operable on the processor; wherein the processor executes the computer program to implement the following steps:
    获取上行信道格式对应的上行传输参数;Obtaining an uplink transmission parameter corresponding to an uplink channel format;
    根据所述上行传输参数,计算上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。And determining, according to the uplink transmission parameter, an uplink power adjustment value to implement uplink power control.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述上行信道格式为第一PUCCH格式,第一PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的短PUCCH格式;The mobile communication terminal according to claim 31, wherein the uplink channel format is a first PUCCH format, and the first PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
    所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
    获取所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数;Obtaining the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format;
    根据所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。And calculating, according to the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, the uplink power adjustment value to implement uplink power control.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The mobile communication terminal according to claim 32, wherein said processor further implements the following steps when said computer program is executed:
    通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;Calculating the uplink power adjustment value by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100039
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100039
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100040
    为所述第一PUCCH格式占用的符号数,N ref为所述第一PUCCH格式对应的参考系数。
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100040
    For the number of symbols occupied by the first PUCCH format, N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the first PUCCH format.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述N ref的值为预设值或者为高层信令配置的值。 The mobile communication terminal according to claim 33, wherein the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
  35. 根据权利要求31所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述上行信道格式为第二PUCCH格式,所述第二PUCCH格式为2比特及2比特以下的长PUCCH格式;The mobile communication terminal according to claim 31, wherein the uplink channel format is a second PUCCH format, and the second PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or less;
    所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
    获取所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中解调参考信号DMRS占有的符号数;Obtaining, by the second PUCCH format, the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format, and the number of symbols occupied by the demodulation reference signal DMRS in the second PUCCH format;
    根据所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,以及所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format to implement uplink power control.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The mobile communication terminal according to claim 35, wherein said processor further implements the following steps when said computer program is executed:
    通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;Calculating the uplink power adjustment value by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100041
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100041
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100042
    为所述第二PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100043
    为所述第二PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,N ref为所述第二PUCCH格式对应的参考系数。
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100042
    The number of symbols occupied by the second PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100043
    For the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the second PUCCH format, N ref is a reference coefficient corresponding to the second PUCCH format.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述N ref的值为预设值或者为高层信令配置的值。 The mobile communication terminal according to claim 36, wherein the value of the N ref is a preset value or a value configured for higher layer signaling.
  38. 根据权利要求31所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;The mobile communication terminal according to claim 31, wherein the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
    所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
    获取所述第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, and a number of REs carrying the UCI;
    根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The mobile communication terminal according to claim 38, wherein said processor further implements the following steps when said computer program is executed:
    若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100044
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100044
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100045
    为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100046
    为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值;
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100045
    The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100046
    For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value;
    若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100047
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100047
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100048
    为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100049
    为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100048
    The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100049
    For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于7。The mobile communication terminal according to claim 39, wherein the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
  41. 根据权利要求31所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式;The mobile communication terminal according to claim 31, wherein the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format, and the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
    所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
    获取所述第三PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数;所述跳频配置参数包括:将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the third PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format; the frequency hopping configuration parameter includes: configuring PUCCH to be enabled The parameter of the frequency hopping, or the PUCCH is configured as a parameter that does not enable frequency hopping;
    根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The mobile communication terminal according to claim 41, wherein said processor further implements the following steps when said computer program is executed:
    若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100050
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100050
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100051
    为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100052
    为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值,所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关,或者,所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关;
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100051
    The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100052
    For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, k is a preset value, the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first The frequency hopping configuration parameters of the three PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
    若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100053
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100053
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100054
    为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100055
    为所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100054
    The number of symbols occupied by the third PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100055
    For the bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述第三PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示;The mobile communication terminal according to claim 42, wherein a bandwidth occupied by the third PUCCH format is represented by a number of subcarriers;
    当所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关时,所述k的取值范围包括:When the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, the value range of the k includes:
    当所述第三PUCCH格式在未开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于5,且小于或者等于7;When the third PUCCH format is not enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 5, and is less than or equal to 7;
    当所述第三PUCCH格式在开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于5;When the third PUCCH format is enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
    或者,当所述k的取值与所述第三PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于7。Or, when the value of the k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the third PUCCH format, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 7.
  44. 根据权利要求31所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述上行信道格式为第四PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;The mobile communication terminal according to claim 31, wherein the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
    所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
    获取所述第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, and a number of REs carrying the UCI;
    根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值,以实现上行功率的控制。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs to implement control of uplink power.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The mobile communication terminal according to claim 44, wherein said processor further implements the following steps when said computer program is executed:
    若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100056
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100056
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100057
    为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100058
    为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100059
    为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值;
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100057
    The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100058
    The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100059
    For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, k is a preset value;
    若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100060
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100060
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100061
    为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100062
    为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100063
    为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100061
    The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100062
    The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100063
    For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。The mobile communication terminal according to claim 45, wherein the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  47. 根据权利要求31所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述上行信道格式为第四PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;The mobile communication terminal according to claim 31, wherein the uplink channel format is a fourth PUCCH format, and the fourth PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
    所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
    获取所述第四PUCCH格式对应的UCI的比特数,承载所述UCI的RE的个数,以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数;所述跳频配置参数包括:将PUCCH配置为开启跳频的参数,或者,将PUCCH配置为不开启跳频的参数;Obtaining a number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the fourth PUCCH format, a number of REs carrying the UCI, and a frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format; the frequency hopping configuration parameter includes: configuring PUCCH to be enabled The parameter of the frequency hopping, or the PUCCH is configured as a parameter that does not enable frequency hopping;
    根据所述UCI的比特数、所述RE的个数以及所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI, the number of the REs, and the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The mobile communication terminal according to claim 47, wherein said processor further implements the following steps when said computer program is executed:
    若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100064
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100064
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100065
    为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100066
    为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100067
    为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,k为一预设值,所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关,或者,所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关;
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100065
    The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100066
    The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100067
    For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, k is a preset value, and the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, or the value of the k is the same as the first The frequency hopping configuration parameters of the four PUCCH formats are irrelevant;
    若所述UCI的比特数大于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100068
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100068
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100069
    为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100070
    为所述第四PUCCH格式中DMRS占有的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100071
    为所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽,p(N RE)为polar编码增益相关的函数。
    Where Δ PUCCH_TF,c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the REs,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100069
    The number of symbols occupied by the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100070
    The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100071
    For the bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format, p(N RE ) is a function of the polar coding gain correlation.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述第四PUCCH格式占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示;The mobile communication terminal according to claim 48, wherein a bandwidth occupied by the fourth PUCCH format is represented by a number of subcarriers;
    当所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数有关时,所述k的取值范围包括:When the value of the k is related to the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, the value range of the k includes:
    当所述第四PUCCH格式在未开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于7,且小于或者等于9;When the fourth PUCCH format is not enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 7, and less than or equal to 9;
    当所述第四PUCCH格式在开启跳频时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于5;When the fourth PUCCH format is enabled for frequency hopping, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than 5;
    或者,当所述k的取值与所述第四PUCCH格式的跳频配置参数无关时,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或者等于9。Or, when the value of the k is independent of the frequency hopping configuration parameter of the fourth PUCCH format, the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  50. 根据权利要求44所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述第四PUCCH格式包括支持用户复用和不支持用户复用两种PUCCH格式。The mobile communication terminal according to claim 44, wherein said fourth PUCCH format includes two PUCCH formats supporting user multiplexing and not supporting user multiplexing.
  51. 根据权利要求31所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述上行信道格式为第三PUCCH格式或第四PUCCH格式;其中,所述第三PUCCH格式为2比特以上的短PUCCH格式,所述第四PUCCH格式为2比特以上的长PUCCH格式;The mobile communication terminal according to claim 31, wherein the uplink channel format is a third PUCCH format or a fourth PUCCH format; wherein the third PUCCH format is a short PUCCH format of 2 bits or more, the fourth The PUCCH format is a long PUCCH format of 2 bits or more;
    所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The processor further implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
    获取PUCCH对应的UCI的比特数,以及承载所述UCI的RE的个数;Obtaining, by the number of bits of the UCI corresponding to the PUCCH, and the number of REs carrying the UCI;
    根据所述UCI的比特数以及所述RE的个数,计算所述上行功率调整值。The uplink power adjustment value is calculated according to the number of bits of the UCI and the number of the REs.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时还实现以下步骤:The mobile communication terminal according to claim 51, wherein said processor further implements the following steps when said computer program is executed:
    若所述UCI的比特数大于2且小于等于11,则通过以下公式计算所述上行功率调整值;If the number of bits of the UCI is greater than 2 and less than or equal to 11, the uplink power adjustment value is calculated by using the following formula;
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100072
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100072
    其中,Δ PUCCH_TF,c(i)为所述上行功率调整值,O UCI为所述UCI的比特数,N RE为所述RE的个数; Where Δ PUCCH_TF, c (i) is the uplink power adjustment value, O UCI is the number of bits of the UCI, and N RE is the number of the RE;
    其中,当PUCCH为第三PUCCH格式时,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100073
    当PUCCH为第四PUCCH格式时,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100074
    为所述PUCCH占用的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100075
    为所述PUCCH中DMRS占有的符号数,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100076
    为所述PUCCH占用的带宽,k为一预设值。
    Wherein, when the PUCCH is in the third PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100073
    When the PUCCH is in the fourth PUCCH format,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100074
    The number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100075
    The number of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the PUCCH,
    Figure PCTCN2018108701-appb-100076
    For the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH, k is a preset value.
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的移动通信终端,其中,所述PUCCH占用的带宽通过子载波的个数表示,所述k的取值范围大于或者等于3,且小于或 者等于9。The mobile communication terminal according to claim 52, wherein the bandwidth occupied by the PUCCH is represented by the number of subcarriers, and the value range of the k is greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 9.
  54. 一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法中的步骤。A computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program, the computer program being executed by a processor to implement the steps of the method of any one of claims 1 to 23.
PCT/CN2018/108701 2017-11-17 2018-09-29 Uplink power control method, and mobile communication terminal WO2019095880A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP18879118.0A EP3713313B1 (en) 2017-11-17 2018-09-29 Uplink power control method, and mobile communication terminal
US16/764,667 US11419059B2 (en) 2017-11-17 2018-09-29 Uplink power control method and mobile terminal
JP2020526897A JP7041263B2 (en) 2017-11-17 2018-09-29 Uplink power control method and mobile communication terminal
KR1020207015405A KR102289794B1 (en) 2017-11-17 2018-09-29 Uplink power control method and mobile communication terminal

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201711146106 2017-11-17
CN201711146106.2 2017-11-17
CN201810027456 2018-01-11
CN201810027456.5 2018-01-11
CN201810031361.0 2018-01-12
CN201810031361 2018-01-12
CN201810195735.2 2018-03-09
CN201810195735.2A CN109803364B (en) 2017-11-17 2018-03-09 Uplink power control method and mobile communication terminal

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019095880A1 true WO2019095880A1 (en) 2019-05-23

Family

ID=66540006

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/108701 WO2019095880A1 (en) 2017-11-17 2018-09-29 Uplink power control method, and mobile communication terminal

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019095880A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101969685A (en) * 2010-09-30 2011-02-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Power setting method for physical uplink control channel and user equipment
CN102045827A (en) * 2011-01-06 2011-05-04 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Uplink power control method, power control parameter configuration method and equipment of methods
CN102083181A (en) * 2010-11-09 2011-06-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Power control method and device
US20110205991A1 (en) * 2010-02-24 2011-08-25 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving control information in a mobile communication system

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110205991A1 (en) * 2010-02-24 2011-08-25 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving control information in a mobile communication system
CN101969685A (en) * 2010-09-30 2011-02-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Power setting method for physical uplink control channel and user equipment
CN102083181A (en) * 2010-11-09 2011-06-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Power control method and device
CN102045827A (en) * 2011-01-06 2011-05-04 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Uplink power control method, power control parameter configuration method and equipment of methods

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3713313A4 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018126414A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication device
CN110149288B (en) Method and device for determining time domain density of phase tracking reference signal
WO2022073213A1 (en) Mechanism for dynamic authorization
WO2016091185A1 (en) Method for data transmission, base station and user equipment
EP3599790B1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining size of transmission block
JP6617839B2 (en) Channel transmission power setting method for remote radio unit and base station
CN110859004B (en) Method and apparatus for determining transmission power of physical uplink shared channel
EP4152811A1 (en) Cache determining method and apparatus
CN109392131B (en) Frequency hopping transmission method, terminal, base station and computer readable storage medium
WO2021227600A1 (en) Network slice control method and communication apparatus
CN111954302B (en) Information acquisition method and device
TWI690229B (en) Uplink power control method and mobile communication terminal
US10299267B2 (en) Data transmission method and user equipment
CN109495965B (en) Resource indicating and determining method and device
WO2019095880A1 (en) Uplink power control method, and mobile communication terminal
CN111132222A (en) Data transmission method and device
CN109803364B (en) Uplink power control method and mobile communication terminal
WO2021147112A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
CN110198207B (en) Wireless communication method and network equipment
EP3691147B1 (en) Method for determining bundling size, user terminal, and network side device
KR20220136438A (en) Method for determining transport block size and communication device
CN112533250A (en) Network quality measuring method, device and storage medium
CN109802797B (en) Method and network device for determining granularity of channel state information reference signal
WO2020206622A1 (en) Method and apparatus for wireless communication
WO2020019322A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18879118

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020526897

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20207015405

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018879118

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20200617